Skip to main content

Full text of "California Art Research: John Galen Howard, Robert Boardman Howard, Charles Houghton Howard, Adaline Kent, Jane Berlandina"

See other formats


t.?-  DEPARTMENT 


709.794  Un.? — 


NOT  TO  BE  TAKEN  FROM  THE  LIBRARY 


c 


SAN  FRANCISCO  PUBLIC  UBRARY 


3  1223  03941  9487 
I/, 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2010  with  funding  from 

San  Francisco  Public  Library 


http://www.archive.org/details/californiaartres17hail 


0 

n 


s 


n 


mu 


L 


0 


0 

n 


0 


LI1JL5- 


I  n!  n 


0 


liDLfL 


\I 


VOLUME  SEVENTEEN 
3 


LlSi 


i:::^ 


khF.^.vn-f.   from  WA  Project 
".P.    65-5-3632 

SAN  t'PiANcisco,  calif; 


WKOGRAPFIS  TO     Bli  INCLODED  IN  THIS  SERIES — BIOGRAPrlY  AND  V/ORKS 


VOLUME  I. 

IKTRODUCTICN  TO  SERIES 
NAHL  FAl^ILY 

VOLUME  II. 


'■rCUMK  VITI. 


DlXOi:,   lAYiytSD 
VAT!  SIOUIT,   FRAITl 


VOLUME  li. 


vou:  z  XV,. 

— -ll'CIHi,    LEE 
AIBRICKT,  GSRTRiroE  P. 
iL^^RIGKT.  OLIVER 
KACICy,  CCN3T«iCE 
MAGIC/,   E.   SPEtTCER 

VOLmS  XVE. 


KEITH,  WIU.IAM 
HILL,   THOMAS 
BIERSTADT,   ALBERT 

VOLmiE  III. 


::i,  RAY 

TTO,   SRI4EST 
iV!C  COI.AS,   FRjMTGIS 
HANSEN,   H.  W. 
HANSEN,  ARiaN 

TCLUliCE  X. 


BRUTOK  SISTERS 
FORBES,   HELEN 
HANUN,   EDITH 
CRAVATH,   RlfTH  B, 

VOLUME  UTEI  . 


ROSEIJTHAL,    TOBY 
TCJETTI,    DOMinCO 
WELCH,   THADDEUS 
ROBINSON,   CHARLES  D. 

VOLUME  IV. 


DICKMAN,  CHARLES 
i\4ARTINEZ,  XAVI2R 
PETERS,  CHARLES  H. 
WORES,  THEODORE 

VOLmj;  XI. 


HOWARD  ?;i.aLY 


VOLUl^  XVIII . 


TA^rSRl^TISR,  JULES 
CAHLSEN,  Er:iL 
J-OJLLIN,  AM3DEE 
JORGENSEM,  CHRIS 
RIX,  JULIAN 
WILLIAtS,  VIRGIL 

VOLUIvffl  V. 


CADENYiSSO,    GUISEPPE 
POOIi;,    KELSON 
CUNEO,    RIMAIDO 
SPARKS,   WILL 


VOLUME  XII, 


BETHERS,    R/iY 
POMi'iER,    JULIUS 
GAW,   V/ILLIAM 
SHERID;J-,    JOSEPH  M. 


VOLUME  XIX. 


v,t:throw,  evelyti  a. 
richardson,  kary  c. 
rape/^l,  joseph 

GR/ilW,  CK^'vPLES  • 
BREUER,  HENRY  J. 
ATKINS,   ARTHUR 

VCLUIv!E  VI. 


ABDY,  .ROWENA  M. 
SARGEi'JTT,    GSIffiVE-R. 
FORTUIK,    E.    CI:ARLT0jI 


VOLUME  XIII. 


UiBAUDT,    LUCIEN 
OLDFIELD,    OTIS 

BARTTES,   rATHEYI 


VOLtB/3:  XX, 


PUTNATif,   ARTHUR 
AITKEN,   ROBERT  I.. 
TILDEN,    DOUGTJ^ 
CUI.'3iriNGS,   E^iRL 

VOLUtffi  VII. 


SAiroOl-lA,   MATTEO 

ILYIN  FM^LY 

DEL  PIIIO,    J.-  MOYA 

VDLmCS  XIV.       . 


PART  ONE 
YC'JICG  MODERNS 


VaLU"KE  XX. 


MATHE;7S,  ARTHUR 
PIAZZONI,   GOTTARDO 
BRE^JER,   ANNE 


STACIvPOLE,   RALPH 

Ii50RA,    JO 

BUF/JIO,   BEI>II/Ji'IINO 


PART  TWO 
YOUNG  MODERNS 


Vol.  XVII 


MONOGRAPHS 


JOHN  GALEN  HOWARD 

ROBERT  BOARDMAN  HOWARD 

CHARLES  HOUGHTON  HOWARD 

JOHN  LANQLEY  HOWARD 

ADALINE  KENT 
(mS.  ROBERT  30ARDMN  HOWARD) 

JANE  BERLANDINA 
(MRS.  HSiNlRY  TE:;IPLE  HOWARD) 


Gene  Halley,  Editor 


Abstract  from  California  Art  Research 
W.P.A.  Pro.lect  2874,   O.P.  65-5-263^ 


c 


c 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

PAGES 

THE   HOWARD   FAKIILY 

FOREWORD 1 

INTRODUCTION 11 

JOHN  GALEN  HOWARD 1 

Genealogy  and  Education 1 

Architectural  Career  In  the  East 1 

Marriage  and  Fajnily 2 

Diverse  Activities 3 

University  of  California  Competition 3 

Founding  of  College  of  Architecture 4 

The  San  Francisco  Fire — 1906  Reconstruction 4 

Doclsion  to  Remain  in  California 5 

"Brune-llis'chi" 6 

War  an'd  Pos t-War  Work 7 

"Phei  dins  ".-.'. 8 

Death  of   the  Architect 10 

ROBERT  BO'ARDIAAN  HOWARD 13 

Early  Life 13 

Individual  Education 14 

Woodstock 16 

Post-War  Period  Overseas 17 

California  Again. 17 

New  York  and  Europe 20 

The  •Sassanian  Monument 20 

Return  to  San  Francisco 21 

Drum  House  Dome 2? 

World  Tour 23 

San  Francisco  Exhibitions— 1929 25 

Murals  and  Carvings 27 

San  Francisco  Stock  Exchange 27 

Marriage 29 

The  Artist  Today . '. 32 

Representative  Works 34 

Exhibitions 36 

Awards 37 

Clubs 38 

Bibliogri«)hy 39 


c 


r 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS  (oont.) 

PAGES 

CHARLES  KOUaHTON  HOWARD 40 

Youth  and  Education 40 

Fron  Author  to  Artist 41 

Pictorial  Satire 42 

Abstraction 43 

"Surrealism  and  Emptiness" 45 

The  Artist •  s  Congress 49 

At  Home — London 50 

Representative  Works 51 

Private  Collections 51 

Exhibitions 52 

Bibliography 53 

JOHN  LA^JGLEY  HOWARD 54 

Education 54 

Nev/  York  and  European  Studies 55 

Reactions  to  Art  Training 56 

Travel  and  Marriage 58 

First  Exhibitions 59 

San  Francisco  Studio 61 

Awakening  to  World  Conditions 63 

Varying  Themes 66 

Coit  Tower  Murals 69 

Newspaper  Controversies 72 

Art  Critics  Challenge  Viewpoint 76 

Santa  Fe 78 

Exhibitions  and  a  Prize 79 

Critics  Appraise  and  Applaud 80 

The  American  Idiom  and  Scene 82 

Home  to  Monterey ; 84 

Conclusion 86 

Representative  Worlcs 87 

Private  Collections 88 

Permanent  Collections 88 

Exhibitions 88 

Awards 90 

Clubs 90 

Bibliography 91 


L 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS  (cont.) 

PAGES 

ADALINE  KENT  (J,':RS.  ROBERT  3.  HOWARD) 93 

The  Kent  Family 93 

Education 94 

Paris  Period~1925-1929 95 

San  Francisco  Exhibition 97 

Marriage  ancl  Children 99 

Sculptural  Theory 101 

Personal  Atti-lbutes 103 

Representative  IJ^rks 105 

Private  Collections 106 

Permanent  Collections 106 

Exhibitions 107 

Awards 108 

Clubs 108 

Bibliography 109 

JANE  PERLANDINA  (HR5.  HENRY  T.  HOWARD)  110 

Early  Life  in  France 110 

Fost-War  Conditions 112 

Art  in  Paris 113 

America  and  New  Yor'': 115 

The  Brunmer  Exhibition 117 

France  and  Marriage 118 

San  Francisco  Exhibitions 119 

Mural  Decorations 121 

¥■:■■•]   York  Coniaents 126 

Colt  Tower  Decorations 127 

Mural  "Technique 131 

European  Sketching  Trip 132 

American  Prestige 13o 

Manner  and  I!^ethods 135 

Organization  and  Pattern 137 

International  Reov.tation 139 

The  Modern  Artist 140 

Representative  Works 143 

Permanent  Collections 144 

Exhibitions 144 

Awai'd  s 146 

Clubs 146 

Bibliography 147 


i^ 


FOREWORD 

No  monograph  appears  in  this  volume  for  Henry  Temple 
Howard,  eldest  son  of  John  Galon  Howard,  or  Janette,  the  only 
daughter;  they  being  those  members  of  this  talented  family 
whose  activities  lie  outnide  the  field  of  fine  art  history 
in  Calif ornis.  Both  studied  architecture  under  their  father 
at  the  University  of  Calif ornis.  Henry  is  now  a  practicing 
architect  in  San  Francisco,  and  Janette 's  active  interest 
in  architecture  ha3  been  superseded  by  other  avocations  since 
her  marriage. 

While  Jane  Borlandina  and  Adalino  Kent  are  not 
Howards  by  birth,  the  inclusion  of  their  monographs  is  w,ar- 
rantcd  by  their  marriage  into  that  fojnily.  They  arc,  respec- 
tively, the  wives  of  Henry  Temple  and  Rob--rt  Boardraan  Howard. 
Adaline  Kent  is  a  C.\lifornian  by  birth — Jane  Berla/idin?.  by 
marriage  and  personal  choice. 


Q 


C 


(. 


il 


INTRODUCTION 

John  G-alen  Howard,  head  of  the  talented  Howards 
set  forth  In  those  nonographs,  cnjne  to  California  as  a  recog- 
nized, architect  froa  the  E.-.st.  In  the  early  decades  of  the 
twentieth  century  he  entered  upon  a  career  that  has  been 
marked  by  many  trluPvhs.  His  was  an  Influence  such  as  has 
been  exerted  by  fev?  men  on  Western  Anerican,  and  particularly 
California,  culture. 

Sincerity  and  clear-sightedness  v/ere  the  salient 
traits  of  his  character.  He  valued  the  characteristic  of  an 
open  r.ind  above  any  other  gift.  The  best  obtainable  \va,s  al- 
ways his  aln.  His  buildings,  hi.-;  teachings  and  his  nritings 
are  evidence  of  his  efforts.  Upon  his  family  and  his  students 
he  impressed  the  theory  that  the  essence  of  civilization  is 
constant  growth  and  adjustnent.  Always  he  stressed  the  para- 
mount need  of  keeping  creative  work  fluid  in  order  tliat  the 
product  become  a  unit  of  progress  rather  than  a  Ir.ndnark  or 
a  mere  re7>etition. 

Of  his  five  children,  three  of  his  sons  becar.e 
artists;  the  other  son  and  daughter  a-^chitects.  All  v/cre 
given  ample  opportunity  for  natural,  progressive  education. 
To  them  he  imparted  his  own  sincerity  and  progressiveness  in 
art;  a  taek  in  which  he  had  the  whole-hearted  support  of  his 
wife. 


iii 


The  younger  Howards,  in  their  chosen  careers,  have 
never  pernltted  the  necessity  for  hard,  consistent  work  to 
deter  them.  The  artist  wives  of  the  t\vo  eldest  Howard  broth- 
ers are  both  s^^lendidly  equipped  artistically  and  are  contin- 
ually adding  luster  to  the  name  of  Howard,  as  well  as  to  their 
own,  by  their  attainments  in  the  world  of  art. 


a 


THE  HOUSE  OF  HOWARD 


C7ENrAL0Gy" 


twt  Hfjiaraxd.  rr.LL[cl.i'ob  Jcnu  liu  pc^cd 


J  mU  GALE  H  HOU.APD  ^-..  ITl  arj^'  'P;dbuir.t.^um  B^adbiTXL^ 
B.I864     D,l93l  .        -      -^     -  ^ 


L4_IliB^i£. .Ei£aiL_Rt^_^ 3JiiI].6_, 


HENRY  TEnPLEm  Janji  Bi^ytiar-ri^na. 


FWEKI  EOABDMAKm.  AdaQ.h^z¥ort 


YJhn.Y^Qr^t  G(Chn  ^Cjinl, 


CHARLE5  HOUGHTON 


Sarnu(?.lL  Louliwucc, 


An  pjb  BAail'tuLA> 


'^' 


JAN  p.  TIE    7TL}^Qjgp>l  l/NJQiiic^ 


JOHN  GALEN  HOWARD 
GSNEALOaY  AND  EDUCATION 

John  Galon  Hov.'ard,  son  of  Dr.  Lovi  Ho\;ard  and  Lydla 
Jane  Hapgood,  was  born  in  Chclnaford,  Masr.achusctts,  May  8, 
1864.  His  PilgrirTi  ancestry  dates  bad:  to  the  John  Hov/ard  who 
ca-v.o  as  a  boy  in  1625  from  England  to  Plymouth,  was  reared  by 
Captain  Miles  Str.ndish,  and  later  settled  in  3ridgev;ator,  Mas- 
sachusetts. 

Of  a  family  of  four  brothers,  one  a  singer,  and  tv;o 
physicians  like  their  father,  John  Galen  became  an  architect. 
As  a  child  he  v/as  pi-eoccupied  with  drawing  plans  of  houses, 
buildings,  and  bridges.  He  was  not  encouraged  in  these  en- 
deavors, but  so  strong  was  his  deterninntion  that  he  persis- 
tently sketched  plans  throughout  his  school  days.  He  was 
graduated  from  the  Boston  Latin  School  in  1882,  and  at  the 
age  of  eighteen  entered  the  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technology  for  three  years  of  architectural  stuc.y, 

ARCHITECTURAL  C/uiESR  IK  THE  EAST 
In  1885  John  Galen  Howard  entered  the  office  of  H. 
H.  Richardson  in  Brookline,  Massachusetts,  where  he  worked 
until  the  sunner  of  1888  for  Shopley,  Rutan  and  Coolidge, 
Richardson's  successors.  He  then  spent  r.  year  in  California, 
where  he  worked  on  plans  for  the  old  California  Theatre  on 
Bush  Street,  San  Francisco.  He  also  made  some  adxiirable 
sketches  in  vmtercolor  and  pen  and  ink.   Then  followed  a  trip 


to  Europe,   after  vrhich  he  enterec'   the  employ  of  McKin,  Mead 
and  White  In  1889,  flrr-t  In  Boston  and  lator  in  Ko^/  York  City. 

Throub'h  hi:3  friendship  with  Charles  McKini,  he  cb- 
taincd  a  loan  f?ufficient  to  assure  three  yearn  study  at  the 
Ecolo  des  Beaux  Arts  in  Paris,  and  by  1893,  he  had  earned  his 
di-Qlonc  in  architecture,  as  v/ell  as  nodals  in  nathemo.ticsj 
storeotony,  archaeology  and  architootural  design,  and  the 
prizo  avvardcd  by  the  Inatitut  do  FrfTico  for  completing  worl-:  in 
the  second  class  in  the  shortest  possible  tine. 

Returning  to  America  he  set  up  an  independent  prac- 
tiC0  in  New  York  City  v/ith  S.  M.  Cnuldv;ell.  During  the  perioc 
fron  1893  to  1901  his  important  v.'ork  included  the  Hotel  Ren- 
aissance and  others,  theatre--^,  ccunr^y  homes  rnd  the  Villa 
Flonzaley  in  Lausanne,  Switzerl  nd.  He  also  won  a  '/old  medal 
for  his  "Electric  Tov;er"  at  thv^  Pan-American  Ex-,)^3ition,  Buf- 
falo, New  York. 

I.1ARRIAC-S  MP  r.'U>/IILY 

John  Galen  Howard  and  Mary  Robertson  Bradbury  v:er3 
carried  in  New  York  City  August  1,  1893.  Mrs.  Howard  v/as 
born  in  Massachusetts  of  an  old  New  England  family.  As  a  young 
girl  she  nver-rode  family  objecti'^ns  and  went  alone  to  Paris 
to  study  art.  Here  she  met  the  y^ung  architectural  student 
rndat  first  they  cordially  disliked  each  other.  V^hen  they 
met  Ifi.ter  in  New  York  they  fell  in  love. 

From  this  time  Mary  Bradbury  Howard  turned  all  her 
talents  to   fostering  first  her  husband's  and  later  her  son's 


talents.  In  1894  the  first  son,  Henry  Temple,  was  loom;  in 
1896  the  second  son,  Robert  Boardraan;  bnth  in  Nov/  York  City. 
Charles  Houghton,  the  t::ird  son  was  born  early  In  1899,  after 
the  family  had  moved  to  Montclair,  Nov/  Jersey.  John  Langley 
waM  born  in  1902  in  Montclair  and  the  only  daughter,  Janotte, 
was  born  in  Berkeley,  California,  in  1906. 

DIVERSE  ACTIVITIES 


Even  during  his  college  days,  John  Q-alen  Howard 
realized  that  he  must  express  himself  more  fully  than  in  his 
architectural  v;ork,  and  contributed  s]:etches,  short  stories 
;\nd  verses  to  the  college  magazine. 

Sensitive,  scholarly  and  philosophical,  his  person- 
al ta-^te  inclined  to  noetry,  and  in  1867  he  issued  a  volume 
of  verse  entitled  "Rose  and  Harp."  Later  he  published  various 
articles  on  his  architectural  vie\;s;  among  then  "The  Final 
Com.ientary,  "  "The  Personal  Equation,"  "An  Art  Critique," 
"French  Gardens,"   and  "A  Letter  to  the  American  Architect." 

UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORKIA  COl.'FSTITION 
At  the  turn  of  the  cent\iry  v;hen  the  Phoebe  Apperson 
Hearst  competition  for  a  unified  architectural  plan  fortho 
University  of  California  v;as  announced,  Howard  cane  west  to 
study  the  Berkeley  can;..us.  His  \/ork  was  adjudged  fourth,  and 
he  returned  to  New  York  City  to  his  practice.  But  in  1901, 
when  the  work  of  the  architect  who  had  won  the  competition  did 
not  progress  satisfactorily,   Mrs.  Herrst  telegraphed  Howard 


< 


to  come  and  supervise  the  constru'^tion  of  the  Hearst  Memorial 
Mining  Building.  Before  the  year  was  out  the  plans  of  the 
winner  had  been  purchnnecT  and  the  Regents  of  the  University 
requested  Howard  to  stay  and  comToletc  the  plan. 

FOUNDIK^T  OF  COLLEGE  OF  ARCHITECTURE 
Previous  to  this   tine  the  University   of  California 
had  had  no  Dopartnent  of  Architecture.    This  was  now  institu- 
ed  under  the  direction  of  John  G-alen  Howard. 

In  1902,  convinced  that  his  future  work  would  be 
with  the  University,  he  moved  with  his  frjnily  to  a  house  in 
Berkeley.  Ho  received  professional  certification  in  California 
and  designed  many  public  buildings  and  private  homes  in  Berke- 
ley and  San  Francl^sco.  Important  among  his  designs  are  the 
Greek  Theatre  on  the  University  of  California  campus,  Califor- 
nia Hall,  the  beginning  units  of  the  University  of  California 
Li>rary,  the  Berkeley  Public  Library,  the  First  National  Bank 
of  Berkeley. 

THE  SAN  F'R'VNCISCO  FIRS— 1908  RECONSTRUCTION 

In  the  crisis  following  the  partial  destruction  of 
San  Francisco  in  1906,  John  Galen  Howard  was  appointed  Advi- 
sory Member  of  the  Reconstruction  Committee  of  San  Francisco, 
serving  at  a  timd  when  men  of  vision,  resource  and  ability 
were  desperately  needed.  For  some  tv:o  years  aftenvard,  he 
was  associated  with  John  D.  Galloway,  'ff.  C  Hays  and  A.  H. 
Markwart  being  Junior  j^artners. 


By  the  end  nf  1908  he  had  completed  Boalt  Hall  at 
the  University  of  California;  the  Auditoriun,  Chenistry  ond 
EntiineorinjT  Buildint:"^  ff^r  the  University  of  Washington;  and 
many  bank  and  business  buildin^^s  and  handsone  private  hones. 
He  v/as  Architect-in-ohief  for  the  Alaska  Yiokon  Pacific  Expo- 
sition in  Seattle  in  1909. 

During  the  years  1908  to  1920  he  completed  nore 
University  and  business  buildings,  as  well  as  public  librar- 
ies, the  San  Francisco  Exposition  Auditorium;  several  public 
schools  and  nany  private  hones. 

DECISION  TO  REMAIN  IN  CALIFORNIA 

He  v/as  nov/  offered  an  ^opportunity  to  return  to  New 

York,   The  San  Francisco  Chronicle  of  M-irch  16,  1912  states: 

"Deciding  to  stay  at  the  State  Univer3ity 
which  he  is  continually  beautifying  by  his  won- 
derful work,  John  Galen  Hov;ard,  Professor  of 
Architecture  at  the  University,  and  supervising 
architect  at  that  institution,  has  declined  an 
Invitation  to  becone  head  of  the  Columbia  Uni- 
versity School  of  Architecture. 

"The  position  he  was  offei-od  at  Columbia  v;ould 
give  him  the  opportunity  to  fulfill  private  du- 
•tles....and  he  v/ould  have  many  liberties  he 
>  "does  not  enjoy  here.... All  these  features  he 
.spurned,  principally  because  of  his  love  for 
.the  State  University.  The  develcoment  of  the 
Phoebe  A.  Hearst  architectural  plan  is  believed 
to  be  another  Incentive  to  his  remaining  in 
Berkeley. " 

It  is  true  that  he  loved  the  University  of  California 
and  his  v/ork  there.  Berkeley  had  become  his  hone.  His  chil- 
dren were  growing  up  in  an  atmosphere  ho  felt  to  be  advanta- 
geous. Moreover,  as  an  artist  v/ith  the  gift  of  maJcing  beauty 


functional,   hs  belloved  that  It  was  hli5  duty  to  remain  where 

his  students   could  have   the  opportunity  of  studying  first 

hand  the  buildings  he  had  created  according  to  his  ov;n  high- 
est ideals. 

"BRUN2LLS3CHI" 


He  continued  to  build,  teach  and  v;rite  in  Califor- 
nia. Many  of  his  architectural  articles  and  addresses,  and  a 
nunber  of  poems,  were  published.  John  Hov/ell,  the  publisher, 
brought  out  Howard's  first  long  poem,  "Brunelleschi, "  in  1913. 
This  is  a  story  in  verso  of  the  great  architect  who  built  the 
cathedral  done  of  Santa  Maria  del  Fiorc  in  Florence.  Howard 
uses  his  protagonint  as  a  neans  to  express  his  own  credo.  In 
the  poen,  Brunellesc?ii  says: 

"There;  hath  art 

Touched  the  high  term  of  beauty.   'Tis  of  God, 
Solely  of  God.   He  thro'  ny  tangled  brain 
Conceived  and  did;  nor  thro'  my   brain  alone 
But  thro'  the  countless  minds  whose  heritage 
Mine  hath  but  garnered,  and  their  teeming  house 
Set  now  at  last  in  order." 

Such'was  his  belief  in  c  reative  work,   and  such  v/as 

tl;e  lesson  he  strove  continually  to  impart  to  his  students  and 

his  own  children.    Patience,  humility,   gi\atitude  and  the  Joy 

of  v;ork.   He  did  not  believe  all  men  could  become  artists,  but 

he  know  that  even  true  genius  could  not  flower  without  labor. 

Brunelleschi  also  says: 

"For  my  mind  was  fixed  fast 
On  the  solution  of  the  hardy  task 
Arnolfo  set.   Its  hardness  made  its  charm 
More  subtle  and  more  potent." 


John  Galon  Hovmrd  uaed  this  prccopt;  to  avert  dis- 
couragement funong  his  students  and  his  sons,  insisting  that 
the  harder  the  problem,  the  more  glorious  the  solution.  He 
expresses  his  belief  in  the  value  of  syni^athy  and  guidance 
when  he  makes  Brunelloschi  say: 

"Supple — and  sweet, 

I  hope,  a  little — those  two  kept  my  heart 

By  their  large  understanding  and  rich  power 

Of  swift  sure  sympathy  that  glimpsed  an  end 

No  sooner  shadowed  by  ray  first  essay. 

They  trailed  my  nind-'.Vcays  hy   their  insight  keen. 

Their  live  encouragement  established  rock 

Under  frail  fancy's   outv/rrks,    till  defense 

Took  shape  aggressive  of  fixed  purposes...." 

Such  a  man  was  perforce  respected  and  admired  by 

students  and  friends  alike,  and  it  is  not  strange  that  his  sons 

should  have  become,  each  in  his  own  v;ay,   high  priests  of  the 

arts. 

WAR  AI'CD  POST-WAR  '.YORK 

During  the  World  War  John  Galon  Howard  saw  service 
for  tv.'o  years  as  a  captain  with  the  Red  Cross  overseas.   His 
tv/o  sons  were  also  in  action;   Henry  '-"^  a  Lieutenant  in  the 
Field  Artillery,   Robert  with  the  Motorcycle  Dispr.tch  Corps. 

Returning  to  the  United  States,  the  father  once 
more  turned  to  teaching  and  writing.  His  oldest  ;'.cn,  Henry, 
had  elected  to  follow  r.l-;  f..oher's  career  in  architecture. 

Howard  knew  hie  children  h-.d  been  given  the  most 
that  was  possible  in  education.  They  had  had  every  advantage 
offered  by  schools,  colleges  and  universities  and  had  been  en- 
couraged to  travel,  with  open  minds  and  eyes,   viewing  intel- 


llgently  painting,  sculpture  and  historic  buildings  throu^'hout 
the  v;orld. 

John  Galen  Koward  had  ac oor.pl ifshcd  that  rare  thin>i: 
a  life  lived  fully  and  according  to  most  unselfish  ideals.  Ir. 
the  ninds  of  hir.  student;-?  he  had  inculcated  his  ovm  idealism 
together  with  his  surpassing  technicr-,1  knov/le.ilge.  The  example 
he  set  for  his  sons  had  in  it  nothing  of  ethical  or  artistic 
narrowness.  He  had  shown  them  that  whatever  field  they  chose 
for  their  life's  work  would  be  acceptable  to  hin  providing 
they  chose  it  honestly  and  pursued  it  to  the  best  of  their 
ability. 

On  November  21,  1928,   the  San  Francisco  Chronicle 

carried  the  following  note: 

"John  G-alen  Hovmrd,  director  of  the  School  of 
Architecture  at  the  University  of  California 
yesterday  submitted  his  resignation  to  the 
Board  of  Regents  of  the  UnlvcrTity.  It  v;r.s 
accepted  with  expressions  of  regret  and  v/ith 
encomia  for  his  services  to  the  institution 
and  the  State.  Professor  Kov/ard  has  been  con- 
nected with  the  University  for  tv7enty-five 
years. . . . 

"Howard's  fame  has  not  been  confined  to  Cali- 
fornia. His  work  has  attracted  attention 
throughout  the  world,  and  his  reputation  has 
been  interntitional.  He  v;as  one  of  the  prelimi- 
nary advisory  board  that  drew  up  the  plans  for 
the  Panama-Pacific  Exioositlon,  and  was  on  the 
consulting  board  that  designed  the  Civic  Center 
of  San  Frmicisco." 

But  he  was  not  yet  done  with  his  scholastic  career. 

He  returned  as  Dean  of  the' Graduate  Division  of  the  School  of 

Architecture,   and  was  connected  with  the  University  until  his 

death. 


"PHEIDIAS" 
In  1929,  the  lessening  of  his  academic  duties  per- 
mitted more  leisure  and  he  produced  his  most  anbitious  liter- 
ary v/ork,  a  novel-length  i)OQr\  entitled  "Pheidias."  Again 
John  Galen  Hovmrd  put  into  worda  his  ideals  in  art  and  life. 
Nadia  Lavrova,  in  the  San  Francisco  Exr^jnlner,  June  2,  1929, 
says  in  part: 

"The  appeal  of  the  poen  lies  in  just  this;  It- 
Is  not  merelj'  an  aesthotical  conception,  it  con- 
tains a  v;orld  of  emotion,  the  fascinating  v/orld 
of  a  groat  man's  bac]cgrcund  in  a  great  epoch. 
'Pheidias'  is  a  biography  in  the  best  sense  of 
the  word.  It  gives  the  artist's  life  in  chrono- 
logical order. . . . (end)  also  expresses  Pheidian 
thoughts  on  the  nature  of  art;  reveals  the  art- 
ist's approach  to  his  problems  and  captures  some 
of  that  artist's  exaltation  when  his  thoughts 
become  embodied. . . . 

"Wh,o  is  more  qualified  thf.n  Hov/ard  to  interpret 
an  artist's  emotions?  K;iown  as  a  great  builder 
himself,  Howard  has  taught  for  many  years.... He 
has  also  devoted  himself  to  writing,  being  co- 
author of  'European  Cc.rdens'  and  author  of 
'3runellcschi. ' 

"Remember  that  Pheidia:3  says: 

'And  yet  it  is  a  narrow  view  of  life 

That  would  restrict  the  artist  to  one  art.*" 

The  American  Magazine  of  Art,   Vol.  XX,  for  1929, 

also  mention? . the  poem: 

"John  Galen  Howard  of  California,  one  of  our 
leading  American  architects,  entering  the  field 
of  literature,  has  written  the  life  of  Pheidias, 
friend  of  Pericles,  sculptor  of  the  Parthenon, 
one  of  the  greatest,  if  not  the  greatest,  of  the 
sculptors  of  all  time.... 

"Again€5\fl.  again  the  artist-author  speaks  through 
the  character  of  Pheidias  of  matters  x^ortaining 
to  art,  its  purpose,   its  study,   its  handicaps, 


10 


its  place  in  llfo;  and  thus  the  spirit  cf  the 
great  artist  is  revivified,  the  artists  of  all 
ages  :nnde  of  one  blood.  Through  the  whole 
story  runs  the  note  of  the  universal...." 

Had  Howard  not  visualized  so  completely  a  logical 

and  inspired  theory  of  art,   he  could  never  have  embodied  it 

in  words,  nor  passed  it  on  to  his  children  in  the  daily  course 

of  family  life.   Howard  says  in  "Phoidias": 

"I  even  go  so  far  as  to  believe 

No  artist  realizes  freest  pov;cr 

If  his  foundation  be  not  broadened  out — 

Potentially,  in  sympathy  of  view 

And  understanding,  if  not  practised  skill — 

To  underlie  the  fullest  range  of  art." 

He  had  within  himself  that  important  o sciential  of 
greatness,  ability  to  implant  in  other  minds  at  least  a  por- 
tion of  his  vision.  That  his  sons  benefited  by  their  father's 
belief  and  example  is  evident.  He  did  not  demand  that  their 
development  be  patterned  on  his  o'.7n,  and  of  this  he  spepJcs 
with  certainty  in  "Piieidi.-is": 

"Do  not  conclude 

That  cither  his  or  my  way  is  the  best 

Abstractly;  every  artist  finds  his  ovm. " 

He  knew  that*  if  the  germ  of  inherent  artiscry  lay  in 

his  sons,  it  was  his  duty  and  pleasure  to  foster  it. 

DEATH  OF  THE  ARCrllTSCT 

John  Galen  Howard's  death  of  heart  disease,   on 

July  18,  1931,   came  ns  a  distinct  sh^ck  to  the  public.   The 

San  Francisco  Examiner  for  the  following  day  reads  in  part" 

"News  of  the  death  fell  heavily  unon  the  Univer- 
sity of  California  campus.  There  for  more  than 
a  quarter  of  a  century  he  had  wrought,  building 
and  teaching. 


11 


....  "Hov/rird'  s  genius  had  niade  tho  cpxipus  a  har- 
inonius  architectural  monur.ent. .  .  .Nor  was  archi- 
tectur3  (hl3)  nnly  art.  He  worked  with  words 
as  v/oll  ar.  v/ith  steel  and  stone.... he  started 
hundreds  of  Callf'^rnia  students  tov/ard  fome  in 
his   art." 

In  August  1951,   the  following  article  appeared  in 

"The  Editor's  Note  Bock"  section  of  Art  and  Architecture: 

"Occasionally — and  it  is  an  occasion — you  meet 
a  man  who  Impresses  you  as  being,  in  the  old 
phrase,  'one  of  Nature's  gentlenen. '  John 
Galen  Howard,  F.A.I. A.,  was  such  a  mm,  but  ij^ 
was  more.  Ho  was  a  gentleman,  a  scholar,  an 
artist,  a  ^oet,  a  friend,  and  a  counsellor. 
He  was  an  idealist  and  a  dreamer,  but  his 
dreams  did  not  cloud  his  vision,  nor  his  ideals 
confuse  his  judgment.  To  question  his  honor 
and  integrity  v/as  unthinkable;  to  doubt  his  in- 
telligence or  his  courage  would  have  been  im- 
possible.  He  was  just  and  he  was  kind.... 

"....and  how  far  the  influence  of  his  character 
extended,  one  can  but  guess;  in  his  wide  circle 
of  clients,  students,  associates,  with  leaders 
in  his  profession  and  lerders  in  public  affairs, 
with  craftsmen  in  every  art,  with  thinkers  and 
doers. ..." 

In  Pencil  Points  for  September  1932,  is  this  news 

itam  in  appreciation  of  his  career: 

JOHN  C-AL5N  HOWARD  MSI'JORIAL  FELLOWSHIP 

"....The  fund  of  the  Fellowship  was  raised  by 
the  Alumni  'f  the  school  of  architecture  of  the 
University  of  California,  and  the  interest  on 
the  money  is  used  ^y  the  holder  of  the  fellow- 
ship for  foreign  travel.  The  fellowship  v.'as 
established  as  a  memorial  to  John  Grl  en  Howard 
who  died  in  1931.  Professor  Howard  more  than 
any  Individual  has  been  re;;ponslble  for  the 
origin  and  development,  during  the  past  twenty 
years,  of  the  school  of  architecture  of  the 
University  of  California." 


12 


Thuf. ,   through  hlj  influonco,   and  the  dovotlon  v/hich  he   In- 
si^ired,  a  tradition  has  been  ^.^Gtabllshod. 

Hie  life  and  wcrka  havo  been  noted  briefly  because 
fron  subsequent  nonotjrai'ihs  on  his  sonc  it  v/ill  be  evident 
that  these  three  young  California  artists  owe  much  to  their 
gifted  father.  He  not  only  shared  with  them  the  wealth  of  his 
oxioerienoe  and  wisdon  but  unquestionably  provided  then  a  phy- 
sical, ethical  and  artistic  background  far  above  the  ordinary. 
Hence  his  inclusion  in  a  sei-'ies  of  monographs  devoted  other- 
wise solely  to  artists. 


ROBERT        B   0  A  R  D  M  A  N        K   0  V.'  A  R   D 
18P6...' 

Biofrrephy  and  V'orks 
"I'.mRAL  DECORATION" 


i 


LIVINC7  ROOM  OF  ROGER  KENT— KENTFIELD   CALIFORNIA 


13 


\ 


ROBERT  BOARDHAi:  HOWARD 
EARLY  LIFE 

Robert  Boarcinan  Howard,  second  son  of  John  G-alen  and 
L'ary  Bradbury  Hov/ard,  has  utilized  the  greatest  variety  of  ar- 
tistic media  for  self-exioresslon  of  any  of  their  talented 
children,  ^'^evertheleips,  his  recognized  ability  and  integrated 
art  phllosoDhy  olaco  him  f.-^r  above  the  aesthetic  jack-of-all- 
trades,  and  he  has  excelled  in  wood-carving,  metal  work.  In- 
terior and  architectural  decoration,  murals  in  oil  and  fresco, 
easel  painting,  screens  and  v.'all-hangingn,  bas-reliefs,  maps 
and  ornamental  modeling. 

His  vari-ed  art  career  is  not  motivated  by  a  search 
for  any  single  form  of  expression,  but  rather  an  attempt  to 
select  the  best  material  for  the  specific  impulse  he  desires 
to  Interpret.  Thus  he  masters  each  vehicle  and  finds  him- 
self at  home  in  many  because  he  knov/s  the  use  of  color,  line 
and  form  within  the  limits  of  each  problem. 

Robert^  Boardman  Howard  was  born  in  New  York  City  on 
September  20,  1896,  and  his  first  five  years  were  spent  in 
Montclair,  New  Jersey.  His  childhood  and  adolescence  were 
a'^ent  In  the  academic  atmosphere  of  Berkeley,  where  his  father 
was  Dean  of  Architecture  at  the  Ijniversity  of  California. 

Despite  such  scholarly  surroundings,  young  Robert 
rebelled  against  routine  studies  and  his  distaste  fbr  the  edu- 
cational machine  crystallized  shortly  after  he  entered  the 
Berkeley  High  School.  Even  in  his  childhood  he  had  been  self- 


14 


possessed  and  reticent  and  his  ai't  tendencies  were  his  chief 
Interest.  After  family  coni-ei-enceo,  the  boy  asked  permission 
from  the  High  School  to  substitute  certain  art  courses  at  the 
California  School  of  Aits  nnd  Crafts  for  credits  in  his  high 
school  classes.  This  heing;  refu5:ed,  the  boy  was  withdrawn 
from  high  school  and  tho  elder  Howard  worked  out  n  unlaue 
system  of  education  for  Ms  son,  designed  to  Individualize 
his  aesthetic  and  scliola'-tlc  instruction  find  provide  him  with 
a  well-rounded  cultural  background. 

IMDI'^irUAL  EDUCATION 

Under  the  private  tutelage  of  D^.  Arthur  Uphain 
Poo:",  (now  art  adviser  to  the  Iran  (Persian)  Oovernment,  and 
international  fl;=:ure  in  art  and  muscun  circle?:),  Robert  was  to 
ta''.e  uo  certain  specific  tasks  but  re'^ia'^n  unconflned  as  to 
schedule.  The  first  and  only  assignment  resulting  from  this 
arrangement  was  the  writing  of  a  thesis  on  the  Renaissance, 
with  the  sugf;'estion  that  Benvenuto  Cellini's  autobiography 
would  prove  a  good  introduction  to  the  rich  character  and 
fecundity  of  that  extraordinary  neriod  in  art. 

The  boy  was  approximately  two  years  at  this  task, 
discovering  in  the  orocess  an  amazing  wealth  of  facts  and 
coranlexlty  of  material.  His  growing  interest  led  him  to 
delve  into  earlier  art  periods  as  weTl,  and  in  the  end  stimu- 
lated him  to  trace  down  a  great  number  of  extraneous  items  In 
search  of  the  reason  for  their  Influence  on  modern  art. 


15 


During;  thi'?  period  he  soent  as  many  evenings  as 
possible  at  Dr.  Pope's  hoTie,  and  on  these  evenings,  Dr.  Pope 
v.'as  in  tho  habit  of  having  as  his  guest  a  nrofessor  from 
the  University,  or  a  mnn  of  standing  in  sone  branch  of  educa- 
tion or  the  arts.  Thus  Robert's  knov/ledge  and  interest  were 
shaped  and  quickened  by  the  erudition  underlying  these  in- 
formal conversations,  each  one  of  which  Dr.  Pooe  unobtrusive- 
ly held  to  such  subjects  as  those  on  which  his  guest  could 
speak  both  with  authority  and  warmth.  Anci  without  realizing 
it,  Robert  acquired  a  wider  range  of  soecific  and  general  In- 
formation than  he  would  have  done  had  he  been  subjected  to 
the  average  public  school  currlculun. 

He  also  threw  himself  with  enthusiasm  into  his  art 
school  classes  under  Perham  Nahl,  Spencer  Macky,  Xavier 
Martinez  and  Worth  Ryder  at  the  California  School  of  Arts 
and  Crafts  in  Berkeley,  and  a  scholarship  from  that  institu- 
tion assured  his  family  that  his  choice  of  an  art  career  was 
serious.  In  1915,  v:hen  he  felt  that  he  needed  the  stimulus 
of  new  fields,  he  left  Berkeley  for  New  York  on  a  motorcycle, 
accompanied  by  his  younger  brother,  Charles,  who  returned  to 
Berkeley  almost  immediately.  Robeit  studied  at  the  Art  Stu- 
dents' League  classes  In  Woodstock,  the  artists'  colony  about 
a  hundred  miles  up  the  Hudson,  which  is* to  New  York  City  what 
Carmel-by-the-Sca  is  to  San  Franc i'oco. 


16 


WOODSTOCK 

In  Wood'?tock  ycung  Robert  Howard,  age  twenty,  set- 
tled to  work  in  his  own  studio  and  entered  upon  the  informal 
life  of  an  art  colony,  where  serious  v^ork,  siranle  amuser.ents 
and  long  discussions  of  art  ideals  arc  the  routine.  He  par- 
ticipated in  the  first  Maverick, a  community  pageant  and  fancy 
dress  ball  vhich  is  still  held  annually.  He  recalls  the  first 
ball  as  a  splendidly  mpd,  imrjromptu  affair,  colorful  in  cos- 
tumes and  ideas.  He  also  remembers  the  Sunday  afternoon  con- 
certs, when  residents  and  guests  of  the  summer  colony  m.ingled 
with  the  writers,  artists  and  musicians  in  an  enthusiastic 
spirit  of  cooDeration. 

His  artistic  development  was  steady  during  this 
phase  and  he  worked  hard  and  happily,  leaving  in  the  fall  for 
Mow  York  City  and  the  Art  Students'  League  where  he  studied 
under  F.  Luis  Mora  and  Kenneth  Hayes  Miller.  Both  instructors 
were  men  v;ho  deferred  to  the  eternal  values  in  art,  cognizant 
of  modern  and  ultra-modern  trends,  but  not  over- rating  their 
importance. 

After  a  year  in  the  east,  Robert  returned  to 
Berkeley  in  1917,  and  with  his  father  and  older  brother  Henry, 
Joined  the  army,  and  was  sent  to  France.  There  he  served  as  a 
despatch  rider  in  the  Ar-.crican  Field  Service,  where  his  early 
Interest  in  motorcycles  come  to  good  use. 


17 


POST-WAR  PCRIOD  OVERSEAS 

Despite  the  interruption  of  his  art  training  by  war- 
time duties,  he  keot  his  interest  alive  sketching  and  photo- 
eiTaphlng.  After  the  Armistice  he  apolied  at  once  for  adr.isslon 
to  the  Army  Art  Training  Cajnp  at  Pellevue.  This  was  one  of 
the  numerous  activities  instituted  to  occupy  American  soldiers 
in  France  during  the  period  required  to  unravel  the  red-taoe 
attendant  upon  the  deraobilizating  of  over  a  million  soldiers 
and  transporting  thcra  hack  across  an  ocean. 

Robert,  ho'vcver,  was  demobilized  in  France  after  a 
short  course  at  Bellevue.  So  at  twenty-three  he  began  his  art 
studios  anew  in  Paris  at  the  Academic  de  la  Grande  Chaumiere 
and  the  Academie  Colorossi.  At  times  he  and  his  brothers  went 
on  bicycle  trios  through  France,  Belgium,  Italy,  Holland  and 
Soain  studying  the  arts  of  those  countries. 

After  two  years  in  Europe,  his  intensive  work  was 
re.varded  by  havim:;  his  canvas  "Le  Chemin  de  I'Enfer,"  a  4'x.  6J, 
Dainting,  accepted  by  the  Salon  des  Artistes  Francais,  later 
exhibited  at  the  Forty-fifth  Annual  of  the  San  Francisco  Art 
Association  in  1921.  "Pont  Neuf — Early  Morning"  and  "The  Rot- 
ters" were  also  shown  at  a  sum.mer  exhibit  of  the  San  Francisco 
Ai-t  Association. 

G/J.IFORNIA  AGAIN 
In  1922  Robert  Howai-^  returned  to  San  Francisco  and 
his  Berkeley  homi.',  then  settled   in  Garmcl-by-the-Sea,   on  the 
picturesque  Monterey  peninsula.  Here  he  tainted  industriously 


18 


and  began  to  work  in  the  provocative  field  of  v/ood-carving. 
His  landscar)o  c^.nvases  indicated  an  increased  artistic  scope, 
a  new  energy  generated  by  the  wide,  rolling  expanses  and 
vivid  coloring  of  California,  af?  a  contrast  to  the  circum- 
scribed scones  of  the  French  locale  v;hich  had  hitherto  com- 
prised so  much  of  his  indeoendent  outdoor  study. 

Already  a  nombor  of  the  Art  Students'  League,  Robert 
Howard  now  joined  the  San  Francifcco  Art  Association  and  the 
California  Society  of  Mural  Pninters,  the  latter  group  being 
concrete  nroo'f  of  the  heightened  interest  in  murf^l  decoration 
as  a  civ^c  achievonont  in  California.  Promoted  by  his  intur- 
est  in  wall-soaces  oroperly  embellis)' ed,  Jic  vorked  for  a  time 
7/ith  the  San  Fi'ancisco  firm  of  J.  H.  Keofe,  where  he  designed 
and  executed  murals,  bas-relief  and  architectural  ornanicnts. 

In  1923  iic  held  hir,  first  onc-rr.an  show  of  oalnt- 
ings  and  sculpture  in  the  Print  Rooms,  San  Francisco,  and  al- 
so held  .--n  exhibit  at  the  Galerie  Beaux  Arts  in  Maiden  Lane, 
Sap.  Francisco.  Later  in  the  year  he  -"on  the  First  Medal  for 
sculptui'e  at  the  San  Francisco  Art  Association  exhibition 
with  a  life-sized   redv/ood  figure  he  had  carved  in  Carmel. 

In  the  summer,  1924,  Robert  Ho'"ard,  his  former  art 
teacher,  Worth  Hyucr,  and  Chiura  Obata,  ■"'he  Jaoanese  San  Fran- 
cisco artist,  snent  three  months  cnmolng  and  sketching  in  the 
High  Sierra  country.  The  interchange  of  Oriental  and  Occi- 
dental art  ideals  over  the  firesi<.ie  must  have  been  very  stimu- 
lating. The  San  Francisco  Chronicle  of  June  22,  1924  reports: 


19 


"Robert  Hov.'arci  and  Worth  Ryder  sre  v/blling  away 
the  sumnor  In  the  High  Sierras,  busy  with  nalnt- 
inp;  and  sketching.  Howard  took  along  tools  and 
ex'^ects  to  cmrve  sciilntural  nieces  from  the  na- 
tive stone  and  v/ood  up  there." 

The  results  of  the  trip  v/ere  numerous  carvings  and  a 
series  of  watercolors  done  with  verve  and  brevity.  The  dom- 
inant note  of  the  carvings  was  grotesquerle  coupled  with  a 
modern  economy  of  design. 

The  San  Francisco  Chronicle  connented  on  his  work, 

November  2,  1924: 

"Robert  Boardnan  Howard. . .brought  back  some  in- 
teresting and  very  fantastic  wood-carvings  and 
a  number  of  v/atercolors  v/hich  are  exorossed  in 
evcry-day,  free  modern  wg^y.    These  may  be  seen 
on  request  at  the  Galerie  Beaux  Arts. " 

He  now  prn.lnted  the  stage  curtains  for  the  Berkeley 
Playhouse,  two  interesting  curtains  16'  x  24*  still  in  use. 
He  also  did  the  sets  for  three  productions  in  a  modern  mood. 
His  canvas,  "Mount  Tamalpai s,  **  won  the  Anne  Bremer  ^50  award  at 
the  Gplifomia  School  of  Fine  Arts  exhibition  by  young  Callf- 
fornla  artists  that  same  year. 

During  1925  he  concentrated  on  the  anolied  arts  to 
the  dlsaopolntment  of  the  critics  v/ho  had  been  lauding  his 
modern  bent  and  his  rare  hrmdling  of  color  in  painting.  The 
artist  and  modeler  turned  his  talents  to  the  ornamental  plas- 
ter and  stone  carvings  of  arabesques  for  the  beautiful  nev; 
Temple  Emanu-El,  erected  from  the  design  of  Bakewell  and 
Brown,  architects.  Robert  Howard's  work  won  him  the  Dis- 
tinguished Honor  Award  of  the  Southern  California  Chapter  of 


20 


the  American  Institute  of  Architects.  Raoroductlons  of  his 
designs  anpeared  in  n-itlonnl  raa^^azinef  and  foreign  publica- 
tions. About  this  time  ho.  designed  the  interior  decoration 
for  the  Guerneville  Theatre,  on  the  Russian  River  in  Calif- 
ornia and  also  the  fine  sculptural  nanel  for  the  facade  of 
the  First  Congregational  Church  of  Oakl'^nd,  California,  for 
which  his  father  and  associates  were  architects. 

!IEW  YORK  AND  EU.^OFE 
This  tyoe  of  "'ork  doterDin<.;d  Robert  Hovard  to  mrske 
a  more  detailed  study  of  Romanesque  sculpture  in  France  and 
Italy.  In  pursuit  of  this  plan  he  v;ent  to  New  York  and  act- 
ed a?  head  modeler  in  the  wel]-knov.'n  firms  of  Rica  and  Zari 
and  R. T.  Donaldson,  until  he  hod  earned  funds  for  a  four 
.T.ouths'  stay  in  Europe. 

THE  SA5SANIAN  MONUI.iqiJT 
His  interest  and  grasp  of  the  underlying  technique 
of  Romanesque  sculpture  was  furthered  by  a  commission  from 
his  friend,    Dr.  Arthur  Upham  Pope,  to  model  the  bas-reliefs 
and  other  replica  exhibits  at  the  Persian  art  exhibit  of 
tt.e   Sesaul-Centennlal  •  Exposition,  held  the  following  year  in 
Philadelphia.    Dr.  Pope,  a  recognized  authority  on  the  his- 
tory of  art  and  adviser  to  the  Shah,   now  recoiimended  that 
Robert  Howard  be  appdlnted  official  sculptor  to  the  Persian 
(now  Iran)  Government.    Howard's  task  was   to  reproduce  for 
the  United  States  a  bas-relief  known  ns  the  Sassanian  Monu- 


21 


merit,  of  which  he  did  a  section  14  by  20  feet,  the  Persepolls 
Capitol,  measuring  6  by  12  feet,  and  two  large  urns  of  dis- 
tinctive Persian  shaoc  and  ornament. 

The  two  bas-rellof s,  carved  In  semi-wet  plaster  were 
exact  reollcas.    The  Sassanlan  Monument  dates  from  the  3rd 

century  A.D.  and  deolcts  a  valued  tradition  Jii  Persian  history 
little  known  to  the  western  world.    Over  heroic-size  horses 

and  soldiers  aopears  the  scene  of  the  Roman  Emperor  Valerian 

imploring  mercy  from  the  Persian  Emperor  Shapour  I. 

R}-:TURI'J  to  SAN  FPANCISCO 

Robert  Howard's  next  conmission  ■'  was  far  different 
from  these  re'Dllcas  of  a  great  historic  b^s-relicf  on  a  stone 
mountain  in  Persia;  it  was  a  series  of  decorative  map  panels 
for  two  San  Francisco  bay  ferry  boats,  the  "Peralta"  and  the 
"Yorba  Buena.  "  He  decorated  both  the  upoor  and  lo"'cr  deck  In- 
toi'lors  with  Bay  Region  and  V/estf  rn- mai^s.  The  fei-ry  boats 
v/ere  Ic'^unched  in  1926  with  much  acclaim,  from  local  art  :r"^ir>s. 

The  next  year  and  a  ^alf  young  Howard  worked  in  his 
customary  raultlolicity  of  media  and  took  time  from  his  fine 
arts  to  construct  the  marionettes  for  a  Christmas  Nativity 
Play  given  by  the  San  Francisco  Puppet  Players.  He  now  joined 
the  Modern  Gallery,  a  co-operative  association  of  younger  art- 
ists which  attracted  the  support  of  local  art  lovers. 

Decorative  irt  commissions  continued  to  come  his  way 
through  Dr.  Pope.  Among  them  were  a  map  of  the  constellations 
foi-  the  dome  of  the  John  Drum  oenthousc  on  the  Fairmont  Hotel 


22 


In  San  Francisco   and  a  "tolle  neinte"  nural   for  the  writing 

room  of  the  Ah"'nhnce  Hotel   in  Yoscmlte  Valley.    The  wall 

hanging  successfully  car)tured  the  decorative  motifs   of  the 

National  Park  as  shown  In  the  oxccTot      from  the  brochure  on 

Ahwahnee  Hotel  by  Dorothy  Ellis: 

"The  tolle  '^elnte  by  Robert  Po-^rclman  Howard  Is 
a....oalntod  mural  In  the  form  of  the  old  15th 
century  mllle  fleur  taocstry,  except  that  the 
artist  has  chosen  to  ^-'ork  from  the  Valley  It- 
self and  delicately  set  forth  In  clustering  in- 
formal design  the  familiar  flo'^ering  plants  of 
the  meadows  and  slopes,  half  concealing  among 
the  leaves  and  blossoms  characteristic  birds 
and  animals  of  the  Yosemite — a  charming  decora- 
tion and  a  dellfehtful  regional  nature  study  in 
one.  The  predoninating  colors  in  the  tolle 
pelnte  are  doeo  blues  .".nd  greens  with  contrast- 
ing red,  as  they  were  in  the  15th  century  tap- 
estries 'vhich  were  Mr,  Ho'vard'o   inspiration." 

Other  designs  taken  froTi  California  Ainer-Indian  mo- 
tifs were  used  to  decorate  this  hotel;  many  of  them  executed 
by  Henry  Temple  Howard,  architect  and  eldest  son  of  the 
family. 

DRUI&  HOUSE  DOME 
The  other  oomnlssion  took  several  months  of  inten- 
sive study,  for  the  Drum  House  constellations  set  a  new 
oroblerj  for  Robert  Howard.  The  dome  in  the  John  Drum  resi- 
dence was  twenty  feet  in  diameter  and  was  to  show  groups  of 
stars  in  their  proper  astronomical  relation,  the  purely  deco- 
rative element  being  Introduced  by  the  mythological  personi- 
fications symbolizing  the  various  star  groups. 


23 


Robert  Howard's  feeling  for  authenticity  led  him  to 
resume  his  study  of  mathematlca,  to  construct  a  half  dome  In 
his  studio  and  to  place  his  constellation  r-atterns  oroperly, 
both  artistically  and  astronomically,  before  he  did  his  final 
v;ork.  Another  commission  follov;ed  to  do  an  immense  map  com- 
prising the  entire  decoration  of  the  four  walls  of  a  room  in 
the  same  home.  The  scroll  over  the  fireplace  read,  "A  New 
and  Accurate  Map  of  the  World." 

While  this  vorlc  v;as  going  on  he  also  participated 
in  the  49th  Annual  Exhibition  of  the  San  Francisco  Art  Associ- 
ation. Among  his  landscapes  were:  "Gastroville, "  "Mountain 
Structure,"  "Kearsarge  Lakes  Basin,"  "Sixty  Lakes  Basin"  and 
"Inyo  Range  from  Kearsarge  Pa?s";  all  Imioosing  California 
scenes  treated  with  fine  recognition  for  grandeur  in  form 
and  in  color. 

WORLD  TOUR 

After  the  vr^ried  activities  of  1927,  Robert  Howard 
embarked  on  a  world  tour  with  his  motion  picture  cairera.  He 
felt  he  needed  *  to  see  more  than  EuroTjenn  and  Mediterranean 
art  and  should  'include  the  styles  developed  in  the  many  coun- 
tries of  the  Orient.  Ancient  sculpture  -^nd  oainting,  especi- 
ally that  of  India  and  Egypt,  Ball  and  the  South  Se:^s,had 
long  fascinated  him. 

He  left  California  early  In  1928  and  wrote  a  series 
of  letters  home  between  February  and  June  that  v;ere  later 
published  In  the  Argus,   a  San  Francisco  Art  magazine  now  de- 


24 


funct,  under  the  title  "In  Lands  of  He^irt's  Desire."  These 
letters  show  the  nrtl^t'?  unsentimental  Dercerttlon  and  accu- 
rate eye.  In  Cairo  the  vitality  of  modern  Egypt  and  the 
solemn  dignity  of  ancient  art  brought  forth  the  remark,  "It 
made  me  mad  to  'vork  a(-:aln.  "  While  In  Egypt  he  made  a  trip 
far  up  the  Nile  to  rarely  seen  excavations  and  sketched  and 
noted  the  marvelous  colors  of  the  ancient  bas-reliefs. 

Because  of  his  endless  notes  and  photography  he 
did  little  finished  v/ork  during  his  trip.  Meanwhile  in  San 
Francisco,  some  of  his  earlier  travel  studies  were  being 
shown  at  the  Galerie  Beaux  Arts,  in  conjunction  with  vork 
by  his  two  brothers.  Jehanne  Pletry  Salinger  wrote  in  the 
San  Francisco  Examiner  of  March  25,  1928: 

"Robert  R.  Howard,  now  in  Caii'o,  Egyot,  is  rep- 
resented in  the  show  by  several  v^ood-carvlngs 
and  a  collection  of  watercolor  dra'''in.i^s.  The 
dra'vlngs,  althou^ch  sheer  studies  after  certain 
Romanesque  details  of  European  cathedrals,  are 
the  most  interesting  contribution  of  the  art- 
I'^t." 

His  letters  from  Asia  Elinor  and  the  Holy  Land  ma-^e 
another  series  of  letters  published  in  the  Argus  in  December 
1926.  Ho  gives  vivid  descriptions  of  Jerusalem,  Syria,  Bag- 
dad pnd  the  country  around  Gnlilee,  of  which  he  says  "where 
Sainlj«  have  trod  and.  Crusaders  lie." 

Early  in  May  of  1928  he  reached  India,  a  land 
which  critics  regard  as  having  had  a  definite  influence  on 
Howard's  later  work.  Evidence  for  the  truth  of  this  evalua- 
tion is  found  in  the  fact   th?^t  his  earlier  letters   are  al- 


25 


most  entirely  confined  to  his  Irnnre^cj  ens  of  the  various  coun- 
tries and  their  neoDlc^,  and  to  his  own  personal  adventures. 
The  letters  from  India  take  on  an  entirely  different  and  most 
professional  character.  He  speaks  glov^infly  and  at  length  of 
the  ahundant  and  many-faceted  art  of  that  heterogeneous  land. 
After  a  five-day  bicycle  trip  alone  in  extremely  hot  weather  to 
AJunta  where  he  "soent  tvvo  glorious  days  wallowing  in  Buddhist 
art,"  he  adds  the  revealing  comment:  "...here  is  also  that 
perfect  harmony  "between  painting  and  sculpture  I  came  to  India 
to  see.... I  came  away  Intoxicated  with  carving." 

Howard's  mood  of  eager  appreciation  continued  at 
high  pitch  dui'ing  h^s  entire  Indian  stay,  for  in  a  letter  from 
Colombo,  the  car)ital  of  Ceylon,  in  June,  he  says: 

"The  last  ten  days  have  been  very  rich,  for  I 
took  a  train  from  Bombay ...  among  hundreds  of 
Hindoo  temples  there,  I  sav;  the  seven  finest 
and  came  away  drugged  with  sculpture. ...  the 
amazing  artistic  skill  which  went  into  the 
buildings  Makes  one  dizzy  to  think  of.... with 
elation  in  my  heart,  I  took  the  express  for 
the  south  and  Ceylon. " 

After  Ceylon,  he  visited  Ball;  the  films  he  took 
there  being  among  the  first  motion  pictu.res  of  Pallnese  dancers 
to  reach  this  country.  Then  he  piped  homeward  full  of  new  en- 
ergy and  with  a  mightily  increased  store  of  information  on 
ancient  cultures.' 

SAN  FRA.NCISCO  EXHIBITIONS — 19?9 
Robert  Howard's  actual  work  during  his  tour  were  a 
few  watercolors  and  a  wealth  of  sketches  from  c^-rvlngs  in  the 


26 


Near  and  Far  E^st.  "Citadel  In  Cairo,"  a  v/atorcolor,  was 
exhibited  at  the  Galerie  Beaux  Arts  in  October  1928.  In  the 
spring  of  1929,  shortly  after  h.is  return,  two  other  water- 
colors,  "Jungle  S'vamo"  and  "Nile  Pains,"  were  shown  at  the 
51st  San  Francisco  Art  Association  Annual.  He  also  entered  a 
sculpture,  "Sapho. "  Balinese  and  Malayan  figures  he  carved 
after  his  return  were  shown  in  1930. 

Immediately  on  his  return  to  his  studio,  Howard  set 
himself  to  elaborate  his  E^'^st  Indian  sketches  and  on  February 
2,  1929,  Junius  Cravens  wrote  in  the  Argonaut: 

"In  the  outer  gal?. ery  of  the  Beaux  Arts  is  a 
collection  comprising  a  few  drawings  by  Robert 
Boardman  Howard.  Most  of  the  work  shown  was 
adapted  from  notes  and  sketches  made  while  he 
was  making  a  trip  around  the  world  to  study 
ancient  sculpture,  painting  and  architecture. 

"Most  of  the  drawings  are  in  black  and  white 
and  were  made  from  the  frescoes  and  carvings 
at  the  ancient  temples  of  the  Orient,  such  as 
the  Dllwarra  -temples  at  Mt.  Abu,  or  the  temple 
caves  at  AJunta — both  in  India. 

"Ko"'ard's  drawings  do  not  pretend  to  be  liter- 
al copies -of  the  subjects,  as  were  many  of  the 
drawlngrfe.  of  Frieda  Hausworth  Das  of  Calcutta, 
recently  seen  at  the  same  gallery,  but  are, 
I'ather,  adaritations  which  the  artist  has  de- 
veloped from  them  In  his  own  way.  Most  of  the 
wood-carvings  are  also  adaotations,  rather 
than  literal  interoretations  of  Hindu  art. 
The.  v?attrcolors  are  sketches  or  iranresslons 
of  landscapes  and  urban  scenes  of  Egypt,  Jeru- 
salem and  the  Or*ient. 

"In  ai;i.  cases,  regardlosr,  of  medium,  one  is 
imoressed  by  the  artist'^  dolif^ht  in  his  sub- 
ject. Besides  having  a  keen  artistic  aoprecl- 
atlon  for  the  moods  and  Tcthods  of  the  an- 
cients,, he  comes  close  to  fetllng  the  seml- 
rellglous  motives  that  inspired  their  works. 
He  at  least  recognizes  and  resnccts  them. 


27 


Hownrd  v;orks  In  various  media,  with  great  felic- 
ity and  charm. " 

The   San  Francisco  Chronicle  of  February  ?,  1929, 

comments  on  the  same  exhibit: 

"Robert  Boardman  Howard  shows  dravrlngs  v;hlch  are 
suave  and  formal  as  the  rood- carvings  of  the  an- 
cient temples   from  which  they  are  transcribed." 

WRALS  AMD  CARVI'JC^S 
Private  commissions  for  v/all  decorations  now  came  to 
Robert  Ho'vard  from  all  over  California.  Distinctive  among 
his  original  designs  were  those  for  the  home  of  Eldridge  T. 
Spencer,  architect,  and  his  wife,  Jeanctte  Dyer  Spencer, 
stained  glass  designer  and  interior  decorator.  The  four  walls 
of  the  dining  room  were  given  to  four  types  of  architecture; 
oriental,  classic  Greek,  modern  continental  and  Egj'T5tian,  with 
corresponding  figures  in  aporopriate  milieu.  During  1929  he 
alno  executed  wall  decorations  in  the  home  of  Mr.  and  Mrs. 
Bernard  Ford,  in  Burlingame,  and  a  carved-stone  fireplace  for 
Mr.  and  Mr<?.  Henry  F.  S'A'ift,  Piedmont,  California.  He  doiflign- 
ed  another  cnrved  and  oalnted-stone  firenlfce  in  1930  for  the 
large  dining  room  at  Camp  Curry,  in  Yosemitc  National  Park. 
This  was  a  motif  of  birds  and  animals  indigenous  to  Yemenite, 
using  Indian  shades  of  red  and  blue  in  formal  pattern. 

SAN  FRANCISCO  STOCK  EXCHANGE 
The  San  Franc Ihco  Stock  Exchange  work  done  late  in 
1929  showed  the  influence  of  his  rorld  tour  studies.   Timothy 
Pflueger,  the  architect  of  the  buildin^;,   commissioned  him  to 


28 


do  a  Dortlon  of  the  ornamenta]  -.vork,   on  v.-hich  the  San  Fran- 
cisco Chronicle  coninents,  January  12,  1930: 

"Robert  Boardrnan  Howard ,  "'ho  did  the  decorative 
sculpture  for  the  Interior  of  the  Stock  Ex- 
change is  one  of  the  younger  artists. ,. .He  Is 
an  earnest  student  and  one  who  has  inter- 
spersed his  commissions  with  oeriods  of  study 
in  Eurooe  and  the  Orient. .. .The  low  relief 
figures  most  talked  about  are  above  the  east 
and  west  walls  of  the  trading  floor  of  the 
Stock  Exchange.  Here  one  sees  successful  decora- 
tions that  are  effective  in  thoir  high  placement 
as  variations  in  the  'vall  surface.  Tlie  large 
geometrical  figures, cast  in  acoustical  olaster, 
add  greatly  to  the  room.  It  is  true  that  laymen 
say,  ^They  are  so  modern  you  can*t  make  them  out,  ' 
but  that  difficulty  rises  mainly  from  the  at- 
tempt to  translate  the  figures  into  hiaman  beings 
instead  of  acceoting  them  as  mechanical  symbols 
of  man- substitutes  of  gas  and  electricity. 

"The  finest  decoration  by  Ho-arl  is  the  carved 
walnut  door  of  the  G-overnlnf;-  Board  room  on  the 
ninth  floor.  On  the  panel  Howard  has  used  geo- 
metrical figures,  somev;hat  similar  to  the  trad- 
ing room  relief  to  convey  the  idea  of  the  ele- 
ments of  building  that  make  up  the  modern  struc- 
ture. Figures  of  the  man  with  the  pick  and  shov- 
el, the  brick  layer,  the  cer.ent  mixer,  and  the 
steel  contractor  are  worked  into  the  design  that 
culminates  without  interruotion  in  the-  sky- 
scraper and  circling  aimlanes  that  form  the 
grill  work  of  the  ventilator  above  the  door. 
The  only  regret  one  has  is  the  obvious  break 
made  by  the  door  in  the  black  baseboard  that 
circles  the  room.  One  feels  as  though  the  door 
had  been  droooed  or  that  the  base  had  been  for- 
gotten, 

"Throughout  the  building  there  is  a  splendid 
usage  of  simole  surface  and  geometric  forms. 
The  gold  leaf  ceilings  and  trimmings  reflected 
in  the  dark  marble  walls  make  a  show  of  wealth 
more  effective  than  the  over  decoration  of  more 
elaborate  periods.  Every.vhere  the  ideal  of  el- 
emental form  is  evident.  The  rer?ult  is  solendid 
and  ,]ust  a  bit  'grand,'  but  there  is  still  a 
question  that  intrudes  Itself — how  close  Is  the 
relationship  between  the  building's  intcrnreta- 
tion  of  the  ^ontemoorary  spirit  and  the  natural 
spirit  of  the  people  who  Inhabit  the  structure?" 


29 


Junius  Cravens  also  remarks   In  the  Argonaut  of 
January  18,  1930: 

"Above  each  of  the  s3x  windows  of  the  Stock  Ex- 
change balcony  Is  an  effective  nanel  In  low  re- 
lief by  Robert  Boardman  Howard.  Each  group  of 
three  nanels  forr.s  a  series.  The  subject  of 
that  on  the  west  wall  Is  gasoline  as  a  source 
of  oower  on  land  and  in  the  air,  while  on  the 
east  wall  is  electricity  as  employed  for  trans- 
Dortation  and  for  communication.  The  entrance 
door  of  the  Board  of  Governors'  room  Is  exoert- 
ly  carved  by  Howard.  The  sub.iect,  which  sym- 
bolizes future  orosnerity,  represents  a  group 
of  laborers. 

"Its  story,  starting  at  the  bottom  of  the  panel 
with  the  excavation,  progresses  through  various 
stages  of  building  to'  the  finished  product,  the 
skyscraper  and  the  smoke-yielding  chimney — an 
airplane  at^  the  peak  of  the  design  completes 
the  tale.  '-^he  ceiling  beams,  which  were  also 
designed  by  Howard,  are  decorated  with  a  gilded 
low  relief. " 

Other  work  by  Howard   in  the  same  building  equally 

well  done  but  not  so  soectacular,  are  the  brass  balustrade  of 

the  steos  descending  in  front  of  the   Dlogo  Rivera  mural  and 

the  four  amusing  mural  pajiels  depicting  enting  in  four  parts 

of  the  world,   at  the  four  corners  cf  the  Lunch  Club  Dining 

Room.  The  carvod  cellin,":;  rafttrs  of  the  Governing  Board  room 

are  also  Robert  Hov;ard's. 

MARRIAGE 
Among  the  other  artists  working  on- the- decorations 
of  the  Stock  Exchange  Building  was  Adaline  Kent,  the  sculotor, 
whom  Howard  had  known  slightly  for  several  years.  As  a  re- 
sult of  their  association  during  this  work,  they  fell  in 
love  and  were  married  on  August  5,  1950,   spending  a  short 


30 


honeymoon  In  Mexico  and  returning  to  San  Francisco  studios  and 
a  home  In  Kentfleld,  M-^.rln  County. 

During  1931  and  1932  Howard  was  corar.issloned  to 
decorate  the  Interior  of  the  auditorium  of  the  Paramount 
Theatre  In  Oakland,  California.  He  feels  that  the  celling  and 
proscenium  are  rer^resentative  of  his  best  v/ork.  The  low-re- 
lief wall  decorations  were  a  comoror.lse  '«.'lth  the  architect's 
design  and  are  not,  the  artist  feels,  comparable  to  his  origi- 
nal olan. 

In  the  summer  of  1932  Robert  Howard  exhibited  his 
sculpture,  drawing  and  paintings  at  the  California  Palace  of 
the  Legion  of  Honor  and  at  the  Galerle  Beaux  Arts.  Several 
"Three-Brothers"  shows,  of  Robert  Boardraan,  John  Langley  and 
Charles  Houghton  Howard,  are  mentioned  r.ore  fully  In  the  mono- 
graph of  the  two  youn^i'er  artists.  The  sense  of  no  competi- 
tion, but  every  man  doing  his  best  is  an  amiable  quality  found 
in  their  shows.  Robert's  'vork,  however,  by' reason  of  Its  range 
and  variety,  has  reached  more  oatrons. 

A  commission  for  a  nural  in  the  dining  room  of  the 
Roger  Kent  home  in  Kentfield,  California,  illustrated  in  this 
monograph,  was  given  him  in  1933  and  i^,  representative  of  his 
finest  decorative  osintlng.  The  portfolio' of  stuc'ies  of  every 
specimen  of  fauna,  flora  and  piscatorial  life,  which  he  made 
in  preparation  for  tht  mural,  is  immensely  interesting  for 
the  meticulous  line  and  accurate  coloring  employed  in  every 
sketch.   Not  a  fisherman,  himself,  he  depended  on  the  word 


31 


of  local  anglers  who  enthusiastically  described  their  catches 
and  criticized  h5 s  work  as  he  painted  the  various  tyoes  of 
fish  to  be  found  In  the  neighboring  streams.  Although  the 
finished  design  has  the  delicacy  of  a  Japanese  wood  block  en- 
larged to  mural  prooortlons,  It  also  sparkles  with  color  and 
vivacity  of  pattern. 

1935  and  1936  found  Robert  Ho'vard  still  painting 
and  carving  in  the  round  and  in  bas-relief.  Commenting  on 
the  55th  Annual  of  the  San  Francisco  Art  Association,  in  the 
spring  of  1935,  the  San  Francisco  Chronicle  of  February  17, 
remarked: 

"It  is  much  to  be  regretted  that  prizes  In 
sculpture  could  not  be  found  for  Robert  Ho- 
war.d.  .  .  . 

"Howard's  abstractions  of  a  bird  and  a  fish 
are  almost  Platonistic — forms  reduced  to  their 
essential  distinguishing  elements. " 

Both  Robert  Ho'vard  and  his  wife,  the  sculptor  Adallne 
Kent,  feel  that  his  best  recent  v/ork  is  on  the  great  fire- 
place in  the  ski  lodge  at  Badger  Pass  in  Yosemlte,  made  dur- 
ing 1936.-  The  ski  house  was  designed  by  Eldridge  T.  Spencer 
and  Jeannette  Dyer  Spencer.  Ho-vard's  fireplace  panelr;  are 
enorr::)US.  They  contain  twenty-one  sections  illustrating  fig- 
ures in  different  ski  techniques.  They  are  done  in  cast  Iron 
with  a  remarkable  patina  obtained  after  many  failures  and 
much  experimentation.  The  panels  radiate  heat  and  are  so  well 
adapted  to  the  room  that  one  hardly  senses  their  huge  propor- 
tions.   On  one  v;all  hangs  a  carved  and  vividly  painted  wood- 


32 


panel  of  Skier  Zdarskl,  who  Invented  the  Stem  Turn  in  Vienna 
about  1892.  A  variation  of  this  panel  by  Hov/ard,  was  hung  in 
the  57th  Annual  of  the  San  Francisco  Art  Association.  The  San 
Francisco  Chronicle  for  April  4,  1937  mentioned  "the  inevit- 
able surrealsira"  in  speakinc  of  Robert  Howard's  "astonishing 
'Mexican's  Hut  and  Friends.'"  Robert  and  John  Langley  Howard 
both  served  on  the  Jury  of  this  advanced  show. 

THE  ARTIST  TODAY 

Robert  Boardman  Howard  is  today  the  father  of  two 
daughters,  Ellen  Kent,  born  in  19?1,  and  Galen  Kent,  born  in 
1933.  The  family  lives  in  an  attractive  house  on  the  bay 
slooes  of  Russian  .Hill,  San  Francisco.  Their  two  studios  in 
the  old  warehouse  district  at  Jaokson  and  Montgomery  Streets 
are  within  a  block  of  each  other.  Often,  when  they  are  both 
working,  it  is  their  relaxation  to  picnic  at  noon  on  Telegraph 
Hill  a  few  steep  blocks  above. 

Robert  Hovard  and  his  v/lfe  are  absorbed  in  their  art 
and  their  inter.change  of  art  ideas,  and  have  many  friends  a- 
mon^i'  the  oldei*  and  younger  artists  of  the  San  Francisco  bay 
region.  But  desoite  their  numerous  social  activities,  they 
have  about  them  an  aura  of  concentration — a  detachment  which 
gives  one  the  impression  that  some  oart  of  their  minds  remain 
alv;ays  in  the  studio. 

Whether  one  enjoys  Howard's  -'ork  or  not  (and  there 
are  few  tastes  which  are  not  caotured  at  one  point  or  another 
in  the  extraordinaiy  scope  of  his  abilities) ,  critics  hpve  ad- 


33 


mltted  that  he  Is  a  superb  artlst-craftsmin  'vorthy  of  compari- 
son in  type  with  the  nrjnes  of  the  Renaissance:  a  meticulous 
worker,  infinitely  painstaking,  n.itient,  and  v.-lth  a  breadth  of 
vision  backed  by  a  visual  knowledge  and  natural  under 'Standing 
of  all  the  great  art  of  the  nast. 

Robert  and  Adaline  Howard  left  San  Francisco  in  May, 
1937,  for  France,  ",'hore  he  plans  to  give  further  study  to 
Romanesque  sculpture  and  modern  art  trends. 


34 


OILS: 


ROBERT  30ARDMAN  HOWARD 

REPRESENTATIVE 

WORKS 


Coast,  North  nf  Ridings,  1922 

Dragon  Mountain 

Foothills,  1922 

Mexican's  Hut  and  Friends 

Mountain  Across  the  Pay 

Mount  Tanalpais  (Anne  Brener  Avard,  $50,  1924) 

Phoebe's  Plaid  Jacket 

Q,uarry  in  the  Hill 


WATERCOLORS: 


Citadelle  in  Cairo,  The,  1927 
Jungle  Swamp,  1928 
Nile  Palms,  1928 

WOOD-CARVINOS: 

Balinese  Figure,  I'^oO 
Life-size  Redv/ood  Figure,  1923 
Malayan  Figure,  1950 

MURALS,  DECORATIVE  SCULPTURES,  STONE  RELIEFS,  ETC.  : 

Two  16'  X  24'  stage  curtains  for  the  Berkeley 
(California)  Playhouse,  1924 

Modeled  architect'iT-al  ornament,  Temole  Emanu-El, 
San  Franci^-'.co,  California,  l'c25 

Interior  decorations,  Guernoville  (California) 
Theatre,  1925 

Sculotural  oanel,  facade,  First  Congregational 
Church,  Oa'^lond,  California,  1925 

"Decorative  nao  panels  for  the  interiors  of  the 
unper  and  lower  decics  of  the  "Peralta"  and 

"Yerba  Buena, "  two  ferry-boats  of  the  Key 
Route,  San  Francisco,  1926 


35 


Appointed  official  sculptor  by  Persian  Govern- 
ment to  do  their  work  for  the  philadelohia  Ses- 
qui-Centennial  Exposition:   "Sassanlan  Monument," 
"Persepolls  Capitol,"  and  two  Persian  urns,  1926, 

Tolle  Pelnte  .(wall  decoration  in  the  Gothic, writ-, ^^„ 
ing-room  or  the  Ahwahnee  Hotel,  Yosemlte  Valley,  1937- 

Designed  and  executed  a  map  of  the  constellations 
for  the  dome  of  the  elaborate  John  Drum  residence 
of  the  roof  of  the  Fairmont  Hotel  in  San  Francisco, 
1927. 

Constructed  the  marionettes  for  a  Christmas  Nativity 
Play  given  by  the  San  Francisco  Puppet  Players,  1927. 

Cast  Iron  relief  panels  for  the  fireplace  of  the 
Ski  Lodge,  Badger  Pass,  Yosemlte. 

Mural  decorations  for  the  home  of  Mr.  and  Mrs. 
Bernard  Ford  in  Burlin^ane,  California,  1929. 

Decorative  sculpture,  Post  Chester  Theatre,  New 
York. 

Designed  and  executed  the  carved  and  painted  stone 
fireplace  in  the  dining  room  of  Camp  Curry,  Yosemlte 
National  Park,  1930. 

Mural  decorations,  depicting  four  kinds  of  archi- 
tecture— oriental,  classic  Greek,  modern  continen- 
tal and  Egyptian — for  the  dining  room  of  the  home 
of  Mr.  and  ilrs.  Eldridgc  T.  Spencer,  Chestnut  Street, 
San  Francisco. 

Murals,  stone  relief,  brass  staircase  balustrade, 
San  Francisco  Stock  Exchange,  1930. 

Interior  Decorations,  walls  and  celling  of  the  au- 
ditorium of  the  Paramount  Theatre  in  Oakland, 
California,  1931. 

Mural  for  the  dining  room  of  the  home  of  Roger  Kent 
in  Kentfield,  California,  1933.   (See  Illustration) 

Mural  Frieze,  Mills  College,  Oakland,  California,  1934. 

Bar  Poster,  Lagunltas  Club,  Ross,  California,  1934. 


36 


miscellai:eous: 


Castrovllle,  1927 

Circus  Horse  (gesso  on  gypsuni)  ,  1933 

Inyo  Range  fron  Keirsarge  Pass,  1927 

Kearsarge  Laices  Basin,  1927 

Le  Chemln  de  I'Enfer 

Mountain  Structure,  1927 

Pont  Neuf — Early  Morning,  1920 

Rotters,  The 

Saoho  (sculpture),  1923 

Torso  (sculpture),  1930 


EXHIBITIONS; 


San  Francisco,  California 

San  Francisco  Art  Association,  Third  Jury- 
Free  Exhibition,  May  1921 
Pont  Neuf — Early  Morning 
Rotters,  The 
45th  Annual  Exhibition,  October  1921 

Le  Chemln  de  I'Enfer 
46th  Annual  Exhibition,  November  1922 
Coast,  North  of  Ridings 
Foothills 
47th  Annual  Exhibition,  1923 

Life-size  Redwood  Figure  (First  Medal 
for  sculpture) 
49th  Annual  Exhibition,  1927 
.  Castrovllle 
Kearsarf^e  Lakes  Basin 
Inyo  Range  from  Kearsarge  Pass 
•  •  Mountain  Structure 
Sixty  Lances  Basin 

Jungle  Swamp  (vatorcolor) ,  Aoril  1923 
Nile  Palms        " 
Sapho  ( sculpture'^  ,  May  1930 
Torso 
56th  Annual  Exhibition,  1934 
.  Circus  Horse  (tainted  gesso  on  gypsum) 
,  •  Mountain  Across  the  Bay  (oil) 
Phoebe's  Plaid  Jacket     " 
Quarry  in  'the  Fill        " 
,    Flying  Bird  (wood-carv'.ng)  ,  February  1935 

Mexican's  Huts  and  Friends  (oil),  April  1937 
Galerle  Beaux  Arts 

(First  One-man  Show),  1923 

Paintinf,s  and  sculptures 

Watercoiors  and  wood-carvings  November,  1924 


37 


AWARDS; 


Watercolors,    oils   and  wood-carvinfe;s,    March  1925 

Wood-carvings,  drawings  and  watercolors, 
March  1928 

Cltadelle  in  Cairo  (watercolor) ,  October,  1928 

Drawings  (mostly  In  black  and  white  and 
made  from  frescoes  and  carvings  at  the 
ancient  temples  of  the  Orient;,  v. tcrcoloi'n, 
and  wood-carvings,  February  1929 

Wood-carvings,  September  1930 

Exhibited,  June  1932 
East  West  Gallery 

Cltadelle  In  Cairo  (watercolor) ,  October  1928 

Drawln[;s,    February  1929 
Modern   Gallery 

Represented,  September  1927 

Sorrento,  Novem  er  1927 

Tolle  Pelnte,  November  1927 
California  Palace  of  the  Legion  of  Honor 

Sculptures  and  dravings,  Auj^st  1032 

Rcore wonted,  Janunry  1953 
Society  of  Progressive  Artists'  Show 

Represented  by  a  graceful  female  torso 
carved  from  wood,  January  1933 
San  Francisco  Museum  of  Art 

Studies  of  birds  and  fish  (egg  tempera),  July  1936 

B  url 1 ngamc ,  Cal i  f o  rn i  a 
Students'  Shor 

ExhlViited,  June  1931 

Paris,  France 

Salon  des  Artistes  Francois 

Le  Chemin  de  I'Enfer  (4'  x  6'  oil),  1921 


San  Francisco  Art  Association,  1923 

First  Medal  for  a  life-size  redwood  carving. 

California  School  of  Fine  Arts,  San  Francisco,  1924 
Anne  Bremer  A"'ard,  S50,  for  "Mount  Tnraalnals"  (oil) 

Southt.rn  California  Chaoter  of  the  American 
Inatltutc  of  Architects,  1925 

Distinguish  Honor  Award  for  his  architectural 
ornament,  Temple  Eraanu-El,  San  Francisco. 


CLUBS: 


36 


Member: 

Art  Students'  League,  New  York  City 
Ccallfornia  Society  of  Mural  Painters, 

San  Francisco 
I.!odern  Gallery,  San  Francisco 
San  Francisco  Art  Association 


39 


D3 


ROBERT  EOARDMAN  HOWARD 
BIBLIOGRAPHY 


San  Francisco  Examiner 

September  11,  1927,  td.  lO-E— November  27,  1927,. p. lOE 
March  25,  1928,  o.  8K— October  28,  1928,  p.  lOE 
November  4,  1928,  o.  9E— January  27,  1929 
February  c,    1929,  p.  lOE— February  24,  1929,  p.  lOE 

San  Francisco  Clironlcle 

June  22,  1934 — Novenber  2,  1924,  p.  D3 
Inarch  15,  1925,  p.  D3— December  25,  1927,  p.  D7 
Februarv  5,  1929,  n.  D5— February  24,  1929,  p.  D5 
Setpember  25,  1929,  p.  D5— January  12,  1930,  o.  D5 
September  29,  1950,  o.  D5— January  30,  1931,  p.  14 
January  20,  1935,  u.  D3— February  17,  1935,  p. 
July  19,  1936 

Berkeley  (California)  Gazette 
June  2,  1932 — December  30,  1932 

Oakland  (California)  Tribune 

January  1,  1933— January  29,  1933 

Argus,  San  Francisco 

February  1928,  p.  10— April  1928,  p.  5 
November  1923  o.  2— December  1928,  p.  9 
March  19,  1929,  o.  10 

Argonaut,  San  Francisco 

February  2,  1929— January  18,  1930 

Sunset  Magazinn,  San  Francisco 
December  1956 

Arts  and  Architecture 
December  1931,  p.  33 

Ahwahnee,  published  by  Johnck  &  Seeger,  Son 
Francisco,  1934 


CHARLES        HOUGHTON        H   0  V;   A  R  D 

1809 

Blof^raph;^  ,?nd  '"orks 
"ABSTRACT" 


PROPERTY   OF   THE  ARTIST 


40 


CHARLfeS  HOUGHTON  HOWARD 
YOUTH  AND  EDUCATION 

The  only  Howard  to  retrace  the  steps  of  the  family 
eastward  from  California  with  a  view  to  permanent  settlement 
elsewhere  was  the  third  son  of  John  Galen  and  Mary  Bradbury 
Howard,  Charles  Houghton  Howard,  v;ho  was  born  in  Hontclalr, 
New  Jersey,  January  3rd,  1899. 

Charles  attended  public  school  in  Berkeley  and  was 
graduated  from  Br^rkeley  High  School  in  the  summer  of  1917. 
Enrolling  in  the  University  of  California  almost  at  the  same 
time  America  entered  the  world  war,  ho  immediately  joined 
the  S.  A.  T.  C.  and  served  with  it  until  th.^  Armistice,  going 
to  France  to  be  with  his  father  r..nd  brother,  Robert,  for  a 
short  period  preceding  demobilization. 

He  re-enterod  the  Univcrr>ity  in  1919  and  took  up 
his  studies  in  the  college  of  Letters  and  Science,  convinced 
that  he  wanted  to  v/rite,  and  soocialized  in  journalism.  He 
spent  most  of  his  spare  time  acting  in  various  campus'  the- 
atrical ventures. 

In  the  summer  vacation  of  1920,   he  went  again  to 
Paris.   During  his  third  year  in  the  University  of  Califor- 
nia,  he  was  chosen  for  the  principal  part  in  the  Junior 
farce,   an  honor  carrying  much  cpnpus   distinction  and  re- 
quiring considerable  talent. 

The  following  summer,  he  and  a  friend  sailed  on  a 
freighter  bound  for  New  York  via  the  Panama  Canal.   They  had 


41 


signed  on  as  common  seamen  because,  as  Charles  later  confided 
to  his  mother,  neither  boy  felt  he  v/ould  relish  the  task  of 
keeping  look-out  from  the  crow's  nest,  one  task  of  an  able-bod- 
led  seaman. 

In  the  summer  of  1922,  the  year  following  his  re- 
turn to  Berkeley,  he  completed  his  requirements  for  gradua- 
tion. Feeling  that  he  was  not  yet  equipped  to  write  he  went 
east  to  take  up  graduate  work  at  Harvard  and  Columbia  Univer- 
sity in  1923. 

Then  ho  returned  to  Paris,  determined  to  put  to 
the  tost  the  education  he  had  received  in  writing.  Paris 
was,  at  that  time,  filled  with  American  expatriates  all  Al- 
lowing different  schools  of  exporimentation  in  the  various 
arts,  and  into  that  atm.osphere  Charles  flung  himself;  eager 
to  learn,   convinced  that  he  had  something  to  contribute. 

FROM  AUTHOR  TO  ARTIST 
Among  the  many  people  he  met  was  Grant  Wood,  that 
Middle-western  painter  who  created  the  stark  pseudo-pririi- 
tive  style  of  painting  now  known  as  "Am.erican  Gothic."  Howard 
accompanied  him  on  a  summer-long  tour  of  Italy,  during  which 
time  Wood  preached  the  superiority  of  paint  nver  words  as  a 
medium  of  self-ex;-)ression.  Parhaps  influenced  by  Grant 
Wood,  Howard  returned  to  New  York  City  in  1924,  deter- 
mined to  abandon  writing  and  to  follov;  a  career  of  painting. 


42 


He  had  no  formal  training  In  art  but  tv;o  of  his 
brothers  were  ai-tlsts  and  he  had  toured  Surone's  galleries. 
He  simply  began  to  draw  and  paint  and  throe  years  later 
Jehanne  Bletry  Salinger  ccrair.ents  In  the  San  Francisco  Exam- 
iner of  November  27,  1927: 

"John,  Robert  B.  and  Charles  H.  Howard,  paint- 
ers, sons  of  John  G.  Howard,  well  known  archi- 
tect of  San  Francisco  and  Bcrkoluy,  are  hold- 
ing a  Joint  exhibition  of  their  '.■ork....at  the 
Playhouse  Theatre  In  Berkeley.  Charles  H,  How- 
ard,* who  resides  in  Now  York,  hnr.  never  before 
exhibited  on  the  Pacific  Coast. 

"A  rare  3xpcrience  .and  an  interesting  one  is 
that  of  viewing  the  rrork  of  the  three  brothers 
in  the  sarie  room  at  the  sane  tine.  One  is  as 
brilliantly  talented  as  the  other,  but  each 
has  his  strong  personality.  Only  one  trait 
they  have  in  common, .. .The  three  of  then  have 
broken  away  from  conventions  and  academic  tra- 
ditions. Yet  each  one  of  them  is  self-master- 
ing and  knows  what  he  is  doing. .. .This  is  es- 
pecially clear  in  the  picture   of  Charles.,.. 

"A-  'Still-Life'  and  'American  Beauty'  by 
Charles  have  qualities  of  design  and  composi- 
tion which  arc  beautifully  decorative.  The 
colors  are  simple  and  neatly  contrasting.  Old 
rose,  pale  yellow,  delicate  lilac  form  a  fine 
ensemble, 

"These  three  brothers  have  in  their  work  some 
(jf  .the  most  ■  desirable  features  of  American  Art 
in  the  making. " 

Charles  had  won  his  spurs.   If  noting  else,  ho  had 

achi  .^ved  a  sense  of  balance  and  was  using  it  effectively, 

PICTORIAL  SATIRE 
In  the  spring  of  the  following  year  another  Hov/ard 
brothers  show  was  announced  for  the  G-alorie  Beaux  Arts   in 


43 


San  Francisco  which  v;as  oomnentcd  on  by  the   So.n  Francisco 

Chronicle  about  the  ralddle  of  March,  1928: 

"The  work  of  Charles  Houghton  Hov/ard  would  be 
fx  joy  to  the  type  of  layman  who  loves  to  point 
out  the  grotcsquenes'3  and  absurdities  of  mod- 
ern art.  It  must  be  remembered,  however,  tho.t 
he  is  doing  a  definite  thing  in  his  v/ork.  He 
is  portraying  modern  America  and  doing  so  in 
a  satirical  vein.  He  is  a  sort  of  Mencken  of 
line  and  form. 

"'Miss  America'  is  a  drawing  of  a  girl  doing  a 
handstiDrlng  against  a  background,  formally  treat- 
ed, of  an  American  flag  and  mechanical  devices 
suggestive  of  steam  fittings,  electrical  fix- 
tures and  other  angular  objects.  Through  a.ll 
his  drawings  runs  a  pattern  of  these  nechnnics 
of  civilizcition.  Quite  aside  from,  the  litera- 
ry turn  to  his  work,  ho  is  an  artist  in  the 
handling  of  his  material." 

In   the   San  Francisco  Examiner  of  March  25th,  of 

the  same  year,  Jehanne  Bietry  Salinger  says  of  the  show: 

"....Charles  is  the  only  (Hov;ard)  who  seems 
to  have  found  a  dgf inite  m.oans  of  expressionand 
whose  work  presents  unity  in  its  main  charac- 
teristics. Matured  in  his  conceptions,  ho  is 
a  satirist. .. .One  of  his  subjects  is  the 
'Week  End,  '  a  v;atorcolor  showing  tv;o  men  and 
a  woman  under  a  parasol  sitting  around  a  ta- 
ble. One  of  the  men  is  playing  the  guitar, 
the  other  emphatically  holds  a  fan.  There  is 
nothing  missing  in  this  v.eek-end  party.  The 
table  holds  cigars,  cigarettes,  a  bottle  of 
wine,  choice  delicatessen.  As  for  the  lady, 
she  is  attired  in  nothing  more  than  a  light 
bj-ue  -step-in.  She  turns  her  back  to  the  table 
and  wears  a  bored  look  on  her  pretty  face." 

ABSTRACTION 
During  the  next  four  yenrs  his    theories   of  art 
underwent  a  somewhat  drastic  change,  and,   from  pictorial 


44 


satire  full  of  literary  content,  they  shifted  to  the  oppo- 
site extreme;  serious,  symbolic  abstraction  which  had,  to  the 
layman's  eye,  no  content  at  all. 

In  Juno  1932,  he  exhibited  a  nujnbor  of  these  ab- 
stractions In  tempera  and  pen  and  Ink  at  the  Art  Center  in 
San  Francisco  upon  which  the  locr^l  art  critics  gazed  v/lthout 
comment. 

The  follov/ins  year  Nev;  York  claimed  him,  v/ith  res- 
ervation, for  its  own,  and  on  January  7,  1933,  the  Art  News 
announced: 

"Julian  Levy  is  cxhlbltinc  at  the  moment  ab- 
stract canvases  by  Charles  Howard,  a  young  A- 
merican-  artist  v;ho  appears  to  have  very  defi- 
nite convictions  regarding  thif?  ty^^o  of  paint- 
ing; Ho  has  happily  lit  upon  symbols  that 
help  .hip'  through  most  of  his  abstract ionlng — 
for  he  would  be  hard  put  to  make  the  grade 
without  the  little  blue  pennants  that  he  paints 
fit  strategic  points  inhis  compo.TltlonR.  He  fur- 
ther enlivens  his  scenes  v;ith  flocks  of  darting 
minnows  that  give  an  easy  grace  to  his  designs, 
but  when  he  tries  his  hand  at  Plcasso-likc  fig- 
ures, the  results  are  not  so  happy.  For  the 
mojt  part  his  canvases  are  sufficiently  charac- 
terized to  warrant  sorious  consideration,  and 
for  ny?.  own  part,  I  am  alv/ays  tremondously  im- 
pressed by  any  artist  v/ho  ha'^  sufficient  cour- 
age 'to  /ittack  the  problems  of  abstract  paint- 
ing,' ho  natter  how  staggering  the  results  may 
be.  \  As  Louis  Bouche  so  aptly  renarks  in  his 
forev;ord  to  the  catalog:  'A  rare  thing  to  find 
in  any  country,  in  Anorlca  particularly,  is 
painting  engendered  by  invontivoness  out  of 
esprit.  '  . .  .  .Mr.  Howard  i;nov;s  how  to  paint  ojid 
his  work  has  a  decided  clarity  of  intention 
and  a  pictorial  Intensity  that  invariably  sus- 
tains it." 

The  Art  Digest  of  January  15,  1933,  oven  more  wary, 

called  to  witness  the  pronouncements  of  other  New  York  papers 

rather  than  taking  a  definite  stand,  vide: 


45 


SURREALISM  AMD  EI^PTINESS 

"Although  M.irgarot  Brcunlng  of  the  Por;t  finds 
Charles  Howard,  who  Is  making  hi a  debut  at  the 
Julian  Levy  Galleries,  a  'brilliant  craftsman,' 
she  alfjo  finds  that  'in  much  of  his  v;ork  this 
finished  craftsmanship  is  about  fill  the  paint- 
ings have  to  reconnend  then;  they  contain  lit- 
tle that  is  new  nr  provocative.  In  fact,  the 
artist  aeenc  to  have  nastored  an  artistic  idi- 
om but  to  have  little  to  say  v/ith  it.' 

"The  Times  mentions  this  same  emptiness;  'Howard 
is  another  of  the  surrealists,  and  while  he 
paints  with  assurance  and  finish,  the  now  fa- 
miliar theme  comes  to  us  v/ith  few  accents  of 
freshness.  It  would  probably  bo  a  mistake  to 
call  this  work  a  more  restatement  of  ideas 
hitherto  presented  with  mcmnrable  audacity  and 
grace  of  utterance  by  artists  whose  na.mes  are 
most  prominently  wedded  to  the  movement, Howard 
has  a  certain  ^joint  of  view,  and  he  paints  v/ith 
imagination,  but  his  canvases  are  inclined  to 
leave  one  cold,  in  a  son!5e  not  implicit  in  the 
bleakness  of  typical  Surrealistic  subject  mat- 
ter. .  .  • 

"Well,  this  is  Charles  Hov/ard'y  first  one-man 
shov/  and  the  future  may  hold  in  store  for  us 
many  surprises." 

3y  summer,   the  West  \;as  emboldened  to  recognize, 

tentatively,  but  with  a  measure  of  pride,  its  gifted  son,  and 

the  San  Franclsoo  Examiner  rf   July  2,  1933,  mentions  that: 

"...'.He  has  had  several  exhibitions  of  his 
work:  a  Joint  show  with  tv/o  r,f  his  brothers  at 
the  Beaux  Arts  (rallery  in  San  Francisco,  at 
the  Whitney  Studio  Club  Gallery,  at  the  Valen- 
tine Gallery  in  Nov;  York,  and  this  spring  a 
one-man  show  at  the  Levy  Gallery,   Nev/  Yorl:. 

"He  has   decorated  several  rooms   in  New  York, 

among  them  the  apartment  of  Hobart  Erv;in,  'f 

Jonea  and  Erwin,  and  the  dining  room  of  the 
nev/  Cosmopolitan  Club. 

"At'  prasent,  he  is  decorating  a  great  Indoor 
swimming  pool  on  an  estate   in  New  York." 


4b 


On  the  same  day,  the  San  Fronclaco  Chronicle  head- 
lined its  article  with,  "Charles  Howard  Has  Queer  Exhibit," 
and  went  on  to  say: 

"'Curiouser  and  curioij.ser,  '  said  Alice. 

"She  might  have  been  speaking  of  the  exhibi- 
tion of  Charles  H.  Howard,   at  the  Art  Center. 

"Howard,  third  son  of  the  architect  John  Galen 
Howard,  now  a  resident  of  Nc-v;  York,  is  an  ab- 
stractionist. The  material  cf  hie  patterns  is 
not  too  abstract  for  the  observer  to  be  able 
to  discover  in  it  such  odd  elements  as  dismem- 
bered human  bodies — or  clothes  dummies- -decay- 
ed fish,   old-fashioned  v/omen's   shoes,   etc. 

"His  pen  and  ink  drav/incs  in  their  queer 
shapes  raaJce  some  moody  suggestion  of  decora- 
tion. His  tempera  ■naintings  are  not  substan- 
tial  " 

The  pronouncement  of  the  art  critic,  Joseph  Do.nysh, 
in  the  Argonaut  of  June  30,  19:-'3,  who  had  taken  up  the  cud- 
gel for  Howard,  was: 

"...'.Charles  Howard  has  shov;n  as  the  point  of 
departure  for  the  clean-cut,   sensitive  draw- 
ings and  his  decadenrly  luminous  v/atercolors 
the   subject  matter  of  the   surrealists — that 
subjectively  real  w^rild  which  has  as  valid  ex- 
istence for  the  painter  as  for  the  poet,  and 
as  legitimate  a  claim  to  plastic  interpreta- 
tiori  as   to  literary.    Thus,   Howard's  ladies   / 
are  cut  in  half;  '  his  children  calmly  swallow  / 
salamanders;   black  putre  faction  ignites  into 
P^ssi'on-hued  luminescence;   rich  Baudelairian 
symbolism  verges  on  stealthily  be  coning  macabre. 
His  is  that  world,  straifjOly  fascinating,  often 
fearsome,  which  the  tc'^  :ii£;hly  civilized  art  lot 
fin^s  when  he  turns  in  upon  his  own  conscious- 
ness.  Charles  Howard  ha;;'-  looked  into  his  own 
dark  and  founrl  its  tenants. 

"....Howard's  line  is  Botticellian  In  its 
delicacy  and  in  the  subtle  insinuation  of  form 
— his  color  relations  fini.  their  strangest 


47 


effects  In  unexpected  harmonies  of  thin,  trans- 
parent washes  or  In  the  rich,  cloying  colors  of 
decay. 

"Howard  has  done  most  of  his  artistic  experi- 
menting in  the  medium  of  words,  but  finds  a 
more  direct,  personal  expresnion  in  drav/ing  and 
painting;  his  drawings,  therefore,  are  fresh 
and  unstudied,  his  wateroolors  direct  and 
forceful. ..." 

H.  L.  Dungan  comments  in  the  Oakland  Tribune  of 

November  4,  1934: 

"The  exhibition  of  the  works  of  the  Progressive 
California  Painters  and  Sculptors  is  now  on  at  the 
Joseph  Danysh  Galleries,  San  Francisco.  Charles 
H.  Howard  (shows)  two  paintings,  each  entitled 
' Surrealism. ' 

"They  represent,  I  am  told,  the  actions  of  the 
subconsious  mind,  but  I  suspect  that  the  sur- 
realist paints  with  his  full  mind  what  he  hopes 
v/ill  represent  his  subsconscious  mind,  whatever 
that  is.  Howard's  paintings  consist  of  rect- 
angles, curves,  linos,  flogs,  colors.... in  no 
particular  arrangenient 

Certainly  Charles  was  convinced  that  he  knew  what 
he  was  doing.  He  had  been  living  abroad  since  1955,  but  his 
paintings  were  attracting  incre,-:>.sing  attention  on  the  east- 
ern and  western  coasts  of  America.  That  the  critics  should 
treat  his  work  lightly  did  not  bother  him,  but  ho  was  eager 
to  set  his  public  right  as  to  the  motives  'vhlch  were  driv- 
ing him  forward  in  the  world  of  art.  The  Into  Junius  Cravens 
aided  him  in  this  respect  In  tho  following  article  which  ap- 
peared in  the  San  Francisco  Nevrs  of  May  4,  1935: 

"Charles  Howard,  who  lives  in  London,  is  repre- 
sented (at  the  current  show  at  Paul  Elder's)  by 
three  well  rendered  abstractions  in  oils.    The 


48 


last  time  that  such  of  his  work  waf?  shown  here 
It  was  hailed  as  being  surrealism — classifica- 
tion, however,  against  vhich  he  has  since  gent- 
ly protested  in  a  friendly  letter  to  no. 

"'As  I  understand  it,' he  writes  in  part,  'sur- 
realism is  essentially  an  intellectual  formula. 
Illustrative,  objective;  appeals  to  the  mind. 
It  is  not  conceived  with  the  intrinsic  quali- 
ties of  the  medium,  nor  v/ith  the  aesthetics. 
It  ignores  the  sensibilities  of  its  audience. 
....It  may  be  an  art,  but  it  is  net  the  art  of 
painting. 

"'Surrealism  is  merely  the  presentation  of  il- 
lustrative notes  or  disparate  objects  in  a 
precalculated  combination.  Such  combination 
regardless  of  how  'subjective'  it  is,  succeeds 
only  in  stimulating  a  sensation  of  mixed  mem- 
ories, urges,  hungers,  nostalgias,  etc.,  in  the 
minds  of  its  audience.  It  is  purely  intellec- 
tual  Surrealism,   if  anything,   is   strange 

but  not  mysterious. 

"'In  my  own  paintings,  the  objects  (which  arc 
too  abstract  to  be  regarded  literally  as  ob- 
jects), as  such,  become  secondary,  as  I  paint, 
and  serve  only  as  a  point  of  departure.  The 
painting  itself  becomes   of  primary  importance. 

" • That  the  natural  problems  of  pure  paint- 
ing— unity,  adjustment,  poise,  subtlety,  style, 
grace,  variety,  quality,  etc. ,— should  be  tome 
increasingly  engrossing,  as  against  objective 
delineation  of  subject,  seems  to  me  to  exclude 
my  work  from  surrealism.  Moreover,  I  suspect 
the  Surrealists,  such  as  Dali,  Ernst,  and  ^^iro, 
would  scorn  me  as   still  being  a  painter.' 

Of  a  show  held  in  the  fall  of  that  year,  the  Argo- 
naut of  September  20th  remarks: 

"The  work  of  the  two  Ho\;ard  brothers  (Robert 
and  Charles)  must  be  mentioned  for  its  pre- 
cise beauty,  its  true  graphic  quality  and  po- 
etic imagination. ..." 


49 


THE  ARTISTS'  CONGRESS 

In  19o6  Charles  Howard  returned  to  America  for  a 
brief  visit,  unending  some  tine  both  on  the  east  and  west 
coasts.  He  was  particularly  interested  in  the  activities  of 
the  Artists'  Congress  then  convening  in  New  York  city,  being 
of  the  firm  opinion  that  the  tendencies  of  art,  no  less  than 
the  economic  and  social  trends,  v/ore  Indicative  of  the  time 
having  come  for  readjustment  of  the  artist's  place  in  soci- 
ety. 

During  this  visit,  the  San  Francisco  Call-Bulletin 

recorded  the  exhibit  of  one  of  his  decorative  schemes  in  its 

issue  of  March  28,  1936  as  follov/s: 

.•^Decorative  Arts  Exhibition,  San  Francisco  Mu-    > 
geum  of  Art. 

"One  complete  G-allory  is  devoted  to  room  ar- 
rangement. 

"A  bed  room,  duplicating  one  in  a  home  being 
erected  now  (which  was  designed  by  Charles 
Howard)  has  wide  ribbons  of  glass,  (which)  all 
but  let  the  room  fall  into  space.  The  bed  and 
dressing  table  are  of  glass." 

In  1937,  ho  was  represented  in  the  57th  Annual  Ex- 
hibition of  the  San  Francisco  Art  Association  at  the  San 
Francisco  Museum  of  Art  along  with  other  members  of  the  How- 
ard fcxmily  and,  in  spite  of  his  protest,  named  a  surrealist  by 
the  San  Francisco  Chronicle  of  April  4,  1937,  in  the  follow- 
ing words: 

"....The  inevitable  surrealism  talctis  its  toll, 
as  in  Charles  Hov;ard' s  abstractions...." 


50 


Thl3  article  had  reference  to  an  oil  entitled  "Re»- 
public?,"  a  rather  cold  conception,  low  in  key,  appearing  to 
be  massed  water-eroded  rocks  on  a  seashore,  v/lth  nasts  bear- 
ing blue  pennants  blown  by  a  neat  two-dlrectlonal  wind,  v/lth 
one  mast  trailing  tangled  twine  which  Is  not  blown  about  at 
all. 

One  framed  oil  hangs  in  his  brother  Robert  Howard's 
studio  on  Jackson  Street  in  San  Francisco,  and  another  in 
his  mother's  home  in  Berkeley.  Neither  is  titled,  nor  are 
the  single  oil,  the  several  tempera,  v;atercolors,  and  pen 
and  ink  drawings  v;hlch  can  be  viewed  at  the  Gourvoisier  Gal- 
lery at  133  G-eary  Street  in  San  Francisco. 

AT  H0M5— LOI^'DON 

He  still  makes  his  home  in  London,  where  he  is 
deeply  interested  in  the  nev;  English  Artists'  Congress,  An 
active  member  of  the  movement  which  is  going  forv;ard  In  Eng- 
land today,  he  hopes  to  see  the  permanent  establichnent  of 
that  long-sought  goal,  a  National  Academy  based  on  sound  ar- 
tistic principle,  without  the  taint  of  prejudice  arising 
from  the  unintelligent  application  of  classical  rules,  or 
v/orks  unduly  Influenced  by  the  economic  status  of  the  indi- 
vidual artist. 

Charles  Howard  is  a  modern  ".vho  calls  himself  an  ab- 
stractionist,  and  upon  the  art  critics  dependswhat  he  ^VjqIT 
be  called  by  the  public  in  the  future. 


51 


CHARLES  HOUGHTON  HOWARD 

REPRESENTATIVE 

WORKS 


OILS: 

Display 
Grotto 
Republic? 
Wreck 

WATERCOLOR: 

Week  End 
MURAL: 

Bexhill,  England 

INTERIOR  DECORATIONS: 

Cosmopolitan  Club  Dining  Roon,  New  York  City 
Englewood  Indoor  Swimming  Pool  on  a  New  York  Estate 
Glass  Bedroom  and  Furniture 
Hobart  Erv/in  Penthouse  apartment,  New  York  City 

MISCELLANEOUS: 

American  Beauty 

Miss  America 

Still-Life 

Surrealism  No.  1 

Surrealism  No.  2 

One  oil,  several  tempera,  watorcolors,  pen  and  ink 

drawings  on  view  at  Courvoicler  Gallery,  San 

Francisco,  California. 

PRIVATE  COLLECTIONS: 

Robert  Howard  Studio,  Jackson  Street,  San  Francisco 

Abstraction   (oil) 

Mrs.  Howard,  Berkeley,  California 

Abstraction   (oil) 


52 


EXHIBITIONS 


San  Francisco,  California 
Beaux  Arts  Galorle»  1928 
Ivllss  America 
Week  End 

Art  Center,  1932 
Abstractions 

Art  Center,    1933 
Drtiwings 

Joseph  Danysh  Galleries,  1934 

Progressive  California  Painters  and  Sculptor: 
Surrealism  No.  1-2 

Paul  Elder  Gallery,  1935 
Abstractions 

San  Francisco  Museum  of  Art,  1936 

Decorative  Arts  E>±iibitlon 

Miniature  Model  of  Glass  Bedroom  and 
Furnishings 

San  Francisco  Art  Association,  1936 
Display 
Grotto 
Wreck 

San  Francisco  Art  Association,  1937 
Republic 

Berkeley,  California 

Playhouse  Theatre,  1927 

Still-Life 

American  Beauty 

Hollyv;ood,  California 

The  Stanley  Rose  Gallery 

New  York,  N.  Y. 

Whitney  Studio  Club  Gallery 
Valentine  Studio  Club  Gallery 
Julian  Levy  Gollery,  1933 
One-man  shov; 

London,  England 

Bloomfleld  Gallery 


53 


CHARLES  HOUGHTON  HOWA.RD 

BIBLIOGRAPHY 

San  Francisco  Exanlnor,  November  27,  1927,  p.  ElO 
March  25,  1928,  p.  K8— July  2,  1933,  p.  E6 

San  Francisco  Chronicle,  March  25,  1928 
July  2,  1933,  p.  D3— April  4,  1937,  p.  D5 

San  Francisco  News,  June  24,  1932,  p.  7 
May  4,  1935,  p.  7 

San  Francisco  Call-Bulletin,  March  ?^3,  1936,  p.  7 

Oakland  Tribune,  November  4,  1954 

Argus,  San  Francisco 
April  1928,  p.  5 

Art  News 

January  7,  1933,  p.  9 

Art  Digest 

January  15,  1933,  p.  15 

Argonaut,  San  Francisco,  June  50,  1933 
September  20,  1935 


JOHN        L  A   N   G  L  E  Y        K   0  W  A  f.  D 

1902 

Blo/^-raphy  and  V/orks 
"PENITENTE3" NEW  ?.:EXICO 


PRCPERTY   OF  THE  ARTIST 


54 


JOHN  LANGLEY  HOWARD 

John  Langley  Howard,  fourth  son  of  John  Galen 
Howard,  was  born  February  5,  1902,  In  Montclalr,  New  Jersey, 
shortly  before  the  family  noved  to  Berkeley. 

EDUCATION 

He  entered  Berkeley  Public  School  at  the  age  of 
six.  Apparently  v;lth  no  artistic  Inclinations,  he  drew  for 
himself  a  comic  strip  at  the  age  of  eight,  which  he  still 
remembers  because  of  the  excessively  bad  draiving.  His  real 
interest  lay  in  making  things,  and  tools  and  machinery  ab- 
sorbed most  of  his  time. 

During  'nost  of  t}ie  var  period  he  lived  in  Carmel, 
California,  with  his  mother  and  sister,  and  attended  Monterey 
High  School  for  two  years.  He  also  attended  University  High 
School  in  Oakland,  where  he  was  graduated  at  the  age  of 
eighteen.  His  only  drav.dngs  at  this  time  were  of  stiff,  elon- 
gated automobiles,  no  better  or  no  worse  than  the  drawings 
of  most  boys  of  that  are. 

Entering  the  University  of  California  in  1920  to 
major  in  engineering,  he  spent  so  much  time  rowing  with  the 
Freshman  crfew  thf<t  his  studies  suffered  considerably.  His 
courser,  in  engineering  grew  Increasingly  difficult,  and  in 
the  midst  of  his  sophomore  year,  he  failed  to  pass  his  ex- 
aminations. Being  too  sensitive  to  stay  in  Berkeley  for  the 
semester  required  before  ho  could  make  up  his  work  and  re- 
enter the  University  he  decided  to  spend  the  time  elsewhere. 


55 


On  his  notorcycle,  with  little  money,  he  traveled 
first  to  Reno,  Nevada,  and  thence  made  his  vay  about  the 
country,  working  in  lumber  and  road  camps.  Several  months 
later,  he  found  himself  in  Texas,  homesick  for  Berkeley  and 
school  again.  He  sold  his  motorcycle  and  started  north  by 
train,  living  on  crackerr,  and  chocolate  en  route.  By  the 
time  he  arrived  home,  penniless,  dirty,  and  disheveled,  he 
had  acknov.'ledged  to  himself  the  wisdom  of  returning  to  col- 
lege. 

On  his  reinstatement,  he  had  s^^lfted  his  major  from 
engineering  to  English,  but  the  nev/  knowledge  he  was  acquir- 
ing meant  little  to  him  and  afforded  no  sense  of  direction, 
no  purpose  in  life  after  collof.e.  ^nd  searcliing  in  his  mind 
for  a  nossible  career,  he  foiind  the  answer.  He  v/ould  be  an 
artist.  He  could  wear  the  clothes  he  liked,  go  where  he 
pleased,  and  do  what  he  chose. 

NEW  YORK  AND  EUROPEAN  STUDIES 

His  family  was  inclined  to  be  sympathetic.  After 
one  term  at  the  Berkeley  School  of  Arts  and  Crafts  in  1922, 
he  left  for  New  York  where  he  spent  the  winter  studying  with 
the  Art  Students*  League. 

As  soon  as  he  had  saved  enough  money,  he  went  to 
France  where  for  six  nonths  he  sketched  and  began  to  formu- 
late his  personal  theory  of  art. 

Naturally  shy,  he  had  difficulty  in  talking  with 
people  and  experienced  periods  of  discouragement  with  art. 


;3f\«#»<i.- 


56 


Returning  to  New  York  he  spent  another  winter  In  the  Art 
Students'  ^eague  und(;r  the  Inr-tructlon  of  Boardman  Robinson, 
John  Sloan,  and  ^enneth  Hayes  Miller,  John  Sloan  Irritated 
Howard  by  v-hat  he  considered  his  emotional,  uneven  enthusi- 
asm and  unanalytical  approach.  Miller,  however,  confirmed 
the  attitude  already  strong  in  the  serious  mind  of  the  young 
artist,  ^'''either  modern  nor  conservative,  Miller  taught  the 
bare  rudiments  of  printing  and  composition,  and  stressed  the 
cultivation  of  the  ultra-sensitive,  intuitive  approach. 
Howard  fell  into  step  with  alacrity. 

He  felt  i:hat  an  artist  must  find  a  satisfactory 
way  of  life  so  that  his  life  and  v/ork  became  each  the  bal- 
anced complement  of  the  other.  Tq  this  belief  he  clung,  re- 
sisting all  pressure  from  without,  to  surrender  to  the  aca- 
der.lc,  cut-and-drled  routine  of  art  training,  submitting 
himself  to  little  other  than  self-discipline. 

Meanwhile  his  father,   feeling  that  his   son  van 
unsettled  and  being  genuinely  anxious  to  help  him,   arrived 
In  New  York  to  see  "'hat  could  be  done. 

REACTIONS  TO  ART  TRAINING 
John  &ilen  Howard  realized  the  unwisdom  of  taking 
a  dictatorial  attitude  since  his  son  ^vas  still   living  on  an 
allowance,   but  he  felt  that  the  boy  '^'as  not  making  the  best 
use  of  his  t  ime. 


57 


In  the  end  he  proposed  p.  hypothetical  case:  He 
wanted  to  offer  a  well-paid  position  to  a  talented  younr:  man, 
but  first  it  '.''as  necesar.ry  that  the  young  man  accept  the 
training  to  be  acquired  in  an  established  art  school  v/hich 
would  lay  the  academic  foundation  for  future  ^'ork.  That  vras 
all.  And  '"hen  John  Lanp:ley  Hov'ard  indicated  that  he  did  not 
mind  having  his  allo'-ance  cut  off,  provided  he  '"as  per:nitted 
to  po  his  c'n  '^'ay,  the  older  Ho'"ard  departed,  disappoiritcd, 
but  still  hoocful  that  his  son  mi^'ht  yet  change  his  mind. 

At  this  point,  John  Lr.n,7ley  began  to  rorry.  '^e  had 
saved  enough  money  to  carry  him  for  a  'vjiile,  but  vrlmt  of  the 
future?  Thinhing  a  Job  on  a  ship  might  help  temporarily,  he 
haunted  the  docks  .•ind  noted  the  sprarled,  listle^.s  attitudes 
of  vagrants  draped  on  park  bcnc^.es.  A  growing  doubt  that  he 
could  ship  out  assv'iiled  him. 

He  concluded  thcit  perhapii  it  might  be  wise  to  try 
the  course  his  f ath- r  had  nreoented,  feeling  that  even  thoij^ 
an  academic  course  vere  of  no  practical  aid  to  him,  at  least 
it  could  me".n  ro  '^rarse  than  wasted  time.  Writing  a  letter  of 
application  to  the  Pennsylvania  Academy,  he  left  Ner  York  for 
Woodstock. 

Here  h.e  received  instruction  from.  Cecil  Chichester, 
of  the  Art  Students'  League, '"-ose  theory  of  successful  paint- 
ing consisted  of  a  mt'iod  of  control. ling  color  values  '"hich, 
If  mastered,  could  not  fail.  This  struck  Ho^'^rd  as  being  dis- 
appointingly shallow,   pnd  he  v;p.s  further  discouraged  to  find 


58 


that  the  entry  requirements  for  the  Pennsylvania  Academy  were 
very  difficult  to  meet. 

This  period  v;as  lightened  by  his  interest  in  a  young 
Vassar  graduate,  Adelaide  Day.  This  daughter  of  an  old  and 
exclusive  Ne'^  York  family  delighted  him  by  denuding  the  group 
around  them  of  their  pretences  and  superf icialities.  In  her 
he  found  a  candid,  perceptive  person  vhom  he  honestly  c-^nd 
sincerely  liked, 

TRAVEL  AND  IvJARRIAGE 

But  in  the  main,  he  felt  dissatisfied  and  unproduc- 
tive. Finances  being  lovf,  he  decided  to  forget  art  for  a  time 
and  earn  a  living  a.t  sono  casual  job.  At  the  invitation  of  a 
friend  he  '.vent  to  the  Hawaiian  Islands  in  the  late  fall  of 
1924  and  stayed  for  about  t"'o  months,  working  as  overseer  of 
a  gang  of  Filipino  laborers.  This  tropical  interlude  vas 
pleasant,  but  it  supplied  •''O  ansvcr  to  his  problem  of  choos- 
ing a  career. 

Returning  to  S.-^n  Francisco  shortly  before  Christmas, 
he  Joined  his  brother  Henry,  in  his  studio  on  Telegraph  Hill, 
He  vas  delighted  to  fj.nd  that  Adelai(.1e  Day  had  also  come  vest. 
They  met  again  and  promptly  fell  in  love. 

They  vere  married  in  January  1P25,  and  lived  'with- 
out financial  worries  for  a  tin.e  on  tlie  checks  which  arrived 
as  wedding  presents,  ^ut  when  they  returned  to  New  York  they 
soon  found  that  their  combined  efforts  f.-^iled  to  produce  an 
adequate  lining.    Fortunately,   however,   after  about  nine 


69 


months  of  strufrple,   they  unexpectedly  received  enough  money 
from  the  Day  family  to  end  their  immediate  difficulties. 

Deciding  to  substitute  a  rural  for  a  metropolitan 
existence,  they  returned  to  California  and  settled  on  a  ranch 
in  Calistoga,  Lake  County,  where  they  were  virtually  cut  off 
from  the  world.  Here  thoy  remained  for  about  a  year  and  a 
half,  Howard  painting  landscapes  of  great  sensitivity  and  del- 
icacy but  without  any  real  strength, 

FIRST  EXHIBITIONS 

In  the  spring  of  1927  he  gave  his  first  one-man  shovi 
at  the  I'^iodern  Gallery  in  San  Francisco  which  received  favor- 
able publicity. 

In  the   spring  of  1928  he  participated  with  his 

brothers,  Charles  and  Robert,   in  a  show  at  the  Galerie  Beaux 

Arts  in  San  Francisco,    In  the   San  Francisco   Examiner  for 

March  25,  1928,  Jehanne  Bietry  Salinger  says: 

"....Of  John  Langley  toward  I  said  a  year  ago: 
'He  is  a  superlative  artist.  There  is  some- 
thing Nordic  in  his  dreamy  ways.  There  is 
also  something  of  the  Russian  spirit  in  sev- 
eral of  his  drawings. '  This  impression  only 
grows  on  closer  acquaintance.  Some  of  his 
landscapes  showing  pine  trees  on  a  hillside, 
losing  their  tops  in  the  v.-hite  of  the  fogs, 
or  lov/  winu-blo^m  cedars  on  round  hills  are 
rich  with  emotion  and  a  complexity  that  seems 
to  be  made  of  the  feelings  of  many  races  of 
people.  A  eolf-portrait,  an  oil  unfinished  and 
somewhat  loose  in  treatment,  is  a  key  to  the 
understanding  of  the  personality  back  of  this 
work.  It  is  not  an  achieved  final  expression. 
It  is,  all  in  all,  taking,  beautiful,  conscien- 
tious, the  sincere  expression  of  a  splendid  and 
original  artist  in  the  making." 


60 


Of  the  sane   show,   In  the  Argus  of  April   1928, 

Jehanne  Bletry  SalinptT  also  sayr.: 

"Of . .  (the  Howard  brothers),  John  Lanfi:ley  is 
the  poet,  the  mystic  and  the  most  complex  de- 
spite his  naive  ap'^roach. . . .  the  most  sensitive', 
too.  While  his  technique  is  decidedly  firm, 
his  colors  are  sometimes  thin,  and  nlthough 
there  is  a  sameness  of  theme  throuphoutt , . . 
there  predominates  in  his  v/ork  a  certain  qual- 
ity, an  element  of  sentiment  that  escapes  def- 
inition but  is  the  unmistakable  trait  by  which 
one  recognizes  deeper  art. " 

In  the  Examdner  for  I.Iay  20th,  i-evlewing  a  show  at 
the  East-West  Gallery,  Jehanne  Bietry  Salinger  speaks  of  his 
"steady,  profound,  Inspiring,  and  solid  artistic  evolution" 
and  suf5^p:ests  that  his  name  mif^ht  well  be  added  to  the  list 
for  the  Annual  International  E:ihibitions  of  the  Carnegie  In- 
stitute of  Pittsburg,  saying: 

"....The  'Self-Portrait*  is  not  only  the  best 
painting  that  has  been  done  by  John  Howard,  but 
is  also  the  outstanding  work  of  the  group..,. 

"The  young  painter  has  come  with  this  self-por- 
trait to  a  real  structural  quality  that  does 
not  eliminate  a  fine  sensibility  and  spiritual 
Idealization,  The  surface  appeal  of  this  work 
Is  not  wholly  dependent  on  the  colors  that  are 
kept  in  tones  of  v/arn  brov/n,  hazy  blue  and  vel- 
vety gray,  or  on  the  superb  skill  he  displays. 
It  is  made  of  the  sum  total  of  all  the  elements 
below  the  surface:  sincere  inspiration,  a  most 
vitally  emotional  teinj.'oramcnt  that  has  a  beau- 
tiful power  of  expression, " 

And  Junius  Cravens,   in  the  Argonaut  of  I.Iay  19,   1P28,  adds: 

"....Mr.  Ho-verd  seems  to  be  able  to  m.aintain  a 
high  avera,%-e  of  C'litributin.'j^  one  important 
piece  of  work  to  each  exiiibltlon  in  which  he  is 
represented.  Few  artists  of  rrr^atev  maturity 
can  claim  as  much. " 


61 


Meanwhile  the  John  Howards,  living'-  in  Idyllic  de- 
tachment In  CallGtoga,  were  suddenly  attacked  by  a  virulent 
boredom.  Sensibly  deciding  that  they  needed  new  int'jrests, 
they  agreed  thft  it  "'as  time  to  abandon  their  Isolation  and 
take  up  life  among  people. 

SAN  FRANCISCO  STUDIO 

In  February  1928,  they  r.ovod  into  a  small  flat  on 
San  Francisco's  Russian  Hill,  John  Langley  took  a  studio  in 
one  of  the  old  warehouses  on  Jackson  Street  with  Jacques 
Schnier,  sculptor  and  wood-carver.  The  sor.e^^'hat  uncertain 
state  of  Adelaide  Ho'"ard's  health  dictated  a  quiet  mode  of 
living,  but  they  mingled  with  contemporary  artists,  including 
Matthe'-'  Barnes,  attended  concerts,  and  generally  enjoyed  their 
return  to  urban  life. 

Young  Ko"'ard  now  attempted  portraiture  seriously 
for  the  first  time,  ^e  completed  a  portrait  of  his  mother, 
almost  in  the  academic  manner,  the  color  soft  and  restrained, 
the  drawing  conventional,  but  the  painting  obviously  seeking 
to  express  something  which  the  artist's  technique  had  not  yet 
encompassed.  Of  a  study  of  his  v-ife,  done  about  a  year  ear- 
lier, Junius  Cravens  said  in  the  Argonaut  for  ii'^rch  24,  1928: 

",... (Howard )  hao,  so  far,  developed  very  lit- 
tle imagination,  or  creative  thought.  His  work 
has,  to  an  extent,  a  solid  foundation,  but  the 
foundation  Is  still  as  apparent  as  the  structure 
it  supports, .. ,By  far  the  finest  thing  he  has 
done  is  a  painting  of  a  t?roman  rerdlng.  In  this 
canvas  he  begins  to  fulfil  the  promise  of 
strength  that  his  work  seems  to  hold.    This  is 


62 


a  solid  piece  of  paint  ing,  excellent  in  color 
and  veil  thought  ouf  In  every  particular.  One 
of  his  vood-carvings,  a  woman's  head,  Is  his 
most  Inspired  and  untramneled  gesture.  Here 
la  a  wonderful  piece  of  characterization  and 
one  v.'hlch  the  artist  is  not  likelv  to  surpass 
for  sone  time  to  come.  The  indications  are 
that  John  Howard's  development  v-m  be  very 
slovr  but  very  sure.  " 

On  August  9,  1928,  the  Horards'  first  child,  Samuel 
^avrrence,  was  born  in  San  Fr-ancisco.  The  small  family  novr 
bought  a  house  in  V)nterey  and  settled  dovn.  In  thisatmos — 
phere,  John  ^r.ngley  v;orhed  persistently  and  exhibited  at  the 
Galcrie  Beaux  Arts  in  Sm  Francir<co  frequently.  Confining 
himself  to  somev^hat  conventional  and  stylized  portrayals  of 
family  life,  his  work  neverthele-s  continued  to  attract  atten- 
tion. In  the  Arg'^naut  for  February  2,  1929,  Junius  Cravens 
writes: 

"....a  painting  in  oils  not  hitherto  exhibited 
....The  subject  is  mother  and  babe.  ^t  is  not 
only  the  best  painting  'vhich  ve  have  seen  from 
the  brush  of  this  pronislng  young  artist  but  a 
masterful  v-ork  to  have  beon  done  by  any  painter 
at  any  time, 

"John  Ho'-'ard  Is  not  prolific. ...  so  it  T"ill  prob- 
ably be  many  a.  day  before  "^e  nay  even  hope  to 
hear  of  Ills  holding  a  one-man  shov.  But  such 
fev;  things  as  he  has  done  are  for  all  time  and 
V7111  be  as  fresh  as  they  are  today.  The  time 
v;lll  doubtless  come  "'hen  San  Francisco  '"ill  bo 
proud  to  say  it  fostered  John  Langley  Howard. " 

And  in  the  San  Francisco  Examiner  for  January  27,  1929: 

"One  more  artj  st  who  is  reacting  very  strongly 
and  as  successfully  against  the  tendency  of 
carelessness  ;.nd  overhaste  in  "hlch  the  modern 
movement  has  dc'';enerated  is  John  L.  Hov/ard. .  . . 


63 


"....A  co-Tiposltlon  'Mother  nnd  Child'...,  is  not 
the  haphazard  result  of  a  half  hour  soance  v.'ith 
a  model.  For  tv.'O  'nonths  and  a  half  the  artist 
has  kept  his  canvas  on  his  easel.  ... 'pollshinf^ 
and  ropoliBhinfr,  ' . . . . 

"And  nov  v'ithin  the  confined  lir.its  of  a  nar- 
row frane  livo  and  breathe  tvc  human  beings  in 
a  world  not  of  passing  interest,  an  exaggeration 
so  often  committed  by  over-enotlonal  artists.... 

"Not  a  single  painter  of  this  part  of  the' coun- 
try whose  ^'ork  has  b^en  sr>en  in  this  city,  cah 
claim  a  paintinr.;  r.ore  complete,  mere  satisfying, 
or  as  aesthetically  finished.  And  this  beau- 
tiful vrork  is  by  a  tall,  shy  youth  '.ino  lives  a — 
vay  from  the  crov/d, . . .  v*io  knon's  enough  not  to 
speak  of  himself  or  his  art,  and  \='ho  v,'orks  alone 
in  the  severe  atmosphere  of  a  studio  entirely 
devoid  of  boherian  artifice," 

Money  was  scarce  and  the  Hov/ards  entertained  f e^ 
frionda.  This  had  the  effect  of  li-^iting  Ho^^'ard's  scope.  He 
lost  liinself  in  a  series  of  sentimental  pencil  nnd  pastel 
studies  of  children.  The  immediate  popularity  of  these  pic- 
tur-es  did  not  in  the  least  deceive  the  artist.  A  fe^  experi- 
ments in  small  '-'ood-ca.rvings  produced  some  amusing  grotesque 
heads  and  figures  but  brought  no  solution  as  to  the  next  step 
in  his  career. 

After  the  birth  of  tlieir  second  child,  Anne  Bradbury, 
on  June  1©,  1930,  his  interest  in  family  subjects  '-'aned.  He 
now  st^^od  upon  a  ne".'  throsh'>ld  without  knowledge  of  v/hat  "'as 
before  him. 

awaksI'Ii:;g  to  world  conditions 

In  1931,  the  Ho'-'ards  av/oke  to  the  fact  that  they  had 
a  family  v.'hoso  future  r-as  one  of  their  chief  concerns.   As  a 


64 


young  couple  with  a  lil.^hly  developed  sense  of  responsibility, 
they  decided  that  their  first  ciuty  lay  in  finding  out  vhat  was 
happening  in  the  world  around  them. 

The  contemporary  scone  bep:an  to  offer  John  Langley  a 
new  v'^ubject  for  his  brush.  But  the  observin-r?;  eye  v;hich  his  ar- 
tistic training  had  developed  told  him  that  something  was  a- 
miss,  and  that  if  he  chose  this  subject,  he  must  first  famil- 
iarize himself  with  the  conditions  underlying  it.  Accordingly 
he  and  his  wife  began  to  make  new  friends  in  Carmel  and  Mon- 
terey, among  them  Lincoln  Steffens,  Albert  Rhys  Williams,  and 
Oi-rick  Johns — all  deeply  Interested  in  the  picture  of  social 
and  economic  change.  Active  participants  in  the  newly  formed 
John  Reed  Club  in  Lbnterey,  they  mingled  freely  with  the  in- 
tellectual group,  honing  to  clarify  their  ideas  ag  to  Ameri- 
ca' f;  outlook  and  their  own  olace  in  the  social  order. 

As  a  result  of  these  stimulating  contacts,  Howard 
experienced  a  renewed  surge  of  artistic  energy  and  suddenly 
acquired  a  nev;  technique.  His  landscapes  now  bore  the  stamp 
of  an  active  civilization;  gas  stations,  docks,  warehouses — 
the  superimposed  forms  of  industrial  development  and  the  de- 
lineation of  conditions  resulting  therefrom. 

Speaking  of  him  as  "one  of  the  finest  artists  Cali- 
fornia has  produced, "  Henrietta  Shore  describes  his  show  at 
the  Denny-Watrous  Gallery  in  the   Carmelite  of  April  30,  1P31: 

"....John  Langley  Howard  is  a  young  man  and  his 
work  contains  vouth.   H^  is  a  student. ...  should 


65 


he  cease  being  a  student,  he  will  at  that  mo- 
ment cease  helnp  an  artist.  His  final  word  has 
not  been  spoken — In  that  respect  he  differs  from 
many  so-called  artists  whose  final  word  was  spo- 
ken shortly  after  taking  up  the  tools  of  their 
profession. 

"I  find  i«ir.  Kc'ard  to  be  interested  in  painting. 
Interested  in  attaining-  complete  mastery  of  his 
materials  in  order  to  fully  express  his  interest 
in  life.  ^e  is  not  in  a  groove  but  is  experi- 
menting and  carer ly  alert  for  fresh  discoveries. 
Ke  is  modern  in  that  he  is  progrersive,  yet  his 
work  proves  that  he  does  not  discard  the  tradi- 
tions fron  which  all  fine  art  has  fn'own. 

"There  is  no  spirit,  of  bravado  to  be  found  in 
this  exhibition.  ^-^r.  Howard  has  not  turned 
loose  a  'John  Lpnglcy  Howard  paint  factory. ' 
Rather  v/e  have  the  v/ork  of  a  quiet,  contempla- 
tive man,  studying  with  ever  increasing  knowl- 
edge how  beat  to  express  the  life  around  him. 
This  serious  study  is  enlivened  by  a  sense  of 
humor.  'But, '  you  say,  'is  humor  essential  in 
painting?'  I  know  of  no  fine  painting. devoid 
of  humor.  Humor  is  reoesrarily  as  much  a  part 
of  painting  as  it  is  of  speech — or  of  walking 
through  lif e. " 

In  the  San  Franciscan  for  April  IP.'Sl,  Aline  Kistler 

also  speaks  with  the  same  sense  of  anticipation: 

"Even  as  it  is  difficult  today  to  be  certain  of 
our'  "evaluation  of  the  vor'.c  of  a  main  such  as 
Keith,  who  has  been  dead  fifteen  year^  so  it  be- 
comes much  more  hazardous  to  value  the  vrork  of  a 
nan  whose  painting  is  still  in  the  first  flush 
of  maturity.  John  Hov/ard  is  comparatively  lit- 
tle known  in  San  Francisco  but  already  there  is 
an  expectation  of  greatness  in  the  air.,.. 

"....There  is -a  definite  presentiment  abroad 
that  John  Uingley.  Ko-rard  is  one  of  the  really 
significant  artist's  nn->n?f  the  younger  group.... 
The  differencr-  that  his  medium  makes  in  his  work 
(in  this  exhibition)  is  surprising;  The  oils 
are  high-key,  almost  harsh  in  tone,  the  land- 
scapes are  subtly  handled  though  very  direct, 
and  the  drawings  anci  dry-brush  paintings  arc  nt)b- 
ulcus  in  texture  thougii  structurally  definite. 


66 


"Throughout  his  vork  it  Is  apparent  he  regards 
easel  painting  and  all  drnving  and  painting  of 
small  area  as  an  adventure  in  vhich  the  artist 
need  acknowledge  no  such  restraints  as  would  be 
felt  in  the  treatment  of  a  wall  or  large  perma- 
nent space.  This  work  of  his  in  highly  person- 
alized, ■'■t  is  intimate  at  times,  xt  deals  with 
what  is  closest  in  his  consideration — and  he  has 
made  few  reservations  in  treatment,  daring  sen- 
timent, literalism  or  any  other  of  the  usual  cul 
de  sacs  feared  by  most  modern  artists.  ^e  is 
not  theorizing.'  He  is  painting.  Painting  what 
he  feels  and  sees." 


VARYING  THEI.SS 
A  small  oil  done  ,nbout  this  time  was  indicative  of 
both  John  and  Adelaide  Howards'  mental  turmoil.  A  simple 
study  of  a  man  and  a  woman,  it  conveyed  to  the  r.ost  casual  on- 
looker that  these  two  people  had  just  awakened  tc  something 
displeasing  .and  even  a  little  frightening.  Of  it  Junius 
Cravens  said  in  the  Argonaut  of  January  22,  1932,  v/hen  it  was 
shown  at  the  Galei'le  Beaux  Arts: 

"A  potential  builder  of  a  milestone  is,... John 
Langley  Hov/ard. . .  .  who  snows  a  canvas  'T'to  Heads' 
which  probably  measures  not  more  than  one  foot 
square,  but  in  which  we  feel  creative  powers 
that  seen  to  v.s  to  be  unr.istakably  great  and  al- 
most overwhelmingly  dynamic.  There  is  an  expres- 
sion "'  of  complete  honesty,  of  indefatigable 
searching  after  truth  in  'Two  Heads, '  more  par- 
ticularly in  the  head  of  the  wom.an — which  vre 
have  not  hitherto  recognized  In  any  other  contem- 
porary work  of  art.  We  suspect  that  Howard  is 
too  great  a  painter  to  receive  Just  recognition 
in  his  own  tire,  and  the  dangers  of  popular  ap- 
proval are  such  that  vre  can  even  hope  for  his 
sake  he  may  not,  since  ve  should  like  to  think 
that  at  least  one  California  painter  may  eventu- 
ally contribute  something  of  permanent  value  to 
the  history  of  Amorican  art.  " 


67 


Despite  any  mentnl  confusion  he  may  have  experienced 

at  the  time,   he  continued  to  Dalnt  landscapes  vlth  vigor  and 

understanding.  Of  "IJonterey  Mountains,"  done  vividly  In  ,Q:reens 

and  ycllov/s,   Junius  Cravens  wrote  In  the  Argonaut  of  "-"ctober 

2,  193i: 

" In  it  (Howard)  rises  above  the  geography 

of  his  subject,  a  fact  v/hlch  but  too  few  of  his 
confreres  accomplish  as  a  rule,  and  he  paints 
In  the  realm  of  the  universal. " 

A  new  departure  for  Howard  was  a  hot,  bright  canvas 
titled  "Wood  Gathering,"  combiping  landscape  with  arresting 
human  and  mechanical  shapes.  3y  painting  nature  v/lth  people, 
he  retained  his  earlier  delicacy  and  added  to  it  a  new  strength 
in  his  use  of  the  violent  colors  of  reality, 

A  spring  show  in  San  Francisco  brought  forth  from  the 

artist,  o^ohn  Er.nett  Gerrity,  the  following  connent  In  the  C(  11- 

3ulletin,  i^prll  11,  10;^: 

"....There  is  in  Howard's  v;ork  little  or  no 
recalling,  of  methods  or  idiom  developed  by 
schools,  but  a  direct  purpose' of  portrayalof  ' 
feelings,  which  is  Howard's  ovm,  and  no • swerv- 
ing to  any  special  appeal  v;hlch  would  Ije  in- 
compatible with  his  temperriment. . . .  " 

This  development  began   suddenly  to   attenuate  and 

Increasingly  disappointed  with  the  quality  of  his  painting, 

Ho-'-ard  finally  out  his  brushes  aside  altogether.    He  and  his 

wife  threw  themselves   into  tlio  JoV,n  Reed  Club  activities 

with  gre.-ter  vigor  than  before,   v.'orklng  feverishly  '"Ith  the 

advanced  group  in  Camel  'md  lifonterey.    They  felt  that   they 


68 


must  settle  In  their  minds  the  extent  of  their  social  respon- 
sibility and  the  form  that  their  assumption  of  it  should 
take. 

Meanwhile,  John  Hov/ard  continued  to  battle  against 
his  apparent  inability  to  paint,  ^e  vanted  to  present  an  ac- 
curate picture  of  the  contemporary  scene  as  vfell  as  the 
motivating  spirit  of  the  times  and  found  himself  falling  be- 
tween tv'o  tools.  On  one  hand  was  good  painting — on  the 
other  the  representation  of  subjectti  so  ludicrou  sly  unbal- 
anced and  unnatural  as  to  take  on  the  quality  of  caricature. 
Thus  in  1932,  with  the  best  intentions,  he  found  himself 
producing  little  more  than  embittered  cartoons. 

At.  this  period  he  met  Jor.-iph  Freeman,  then  lectur- 
ing in  Carmel,  and  moved  by  a  sudaen  impulse;  laid  hie  entire 
problem  before  him.  Freeman  accompanied  him  to  his  Gtudio, 
looked  at  his  v^ork,  and  said,  in  effect,  that  he  rer.lized 
Hov/ard's  need  to  be  of  service,  but  that  there  v/ere  already 
plenty  of  good  cartoonists.  He  stressed  the  fact  th-.t  no 
matter  v/hat  the  prevailing  conditions  might  bt^  there  v/ao  al- 
ways need  for  serious  art,  and  the  greater  turbulence  of  the 
tines,  the  greater  the  need  for  serious  artists.  He  advised 
Hov/ard  not  to  worry  about  subject  natter,  to  paint  whatever 
interested  him  v;ith  the  assurance  that  his  nev/ly  awakened 
s'^cial  consciousness  would  be  expressed,  even  in  his  land- 
scapes. 


69 


Such  advice  v.'as  satisfying  Intellectually  but  did 
not  Immediately  start  Kov/ard  painting  again.  He  began  to 
study  people — as  they  vorked  and  played — and  discovered  that 
he  really  knew  them  very  little  as  a  functl-^nlnr  part  of  so- 
ciety. He  started  sketching  on  the  scene  and  found  it  dif- 
ficult but  persevered  because  of  the  wealth  of  material  he 
found.  Labor  unrest  was  spreading,  strikes  were  everywhere, 
and  there  were  murmurs  of  vigilante  novements.  This  roused 
hln  to  feeling  that  he  nunt  beco,.ie  an  active  participant, 
but  again  he  paused  in  uncertainty. 

Then  he  and  his  wife  found  that  their  son  was  sub- 
ject to  asthma  and  that  I»Iontorey's  climate  was  not  particu- 
larly good  for  him.  They  moved  nnrth  to  the  San  Francisco 
peninsula  and  lived  in  ^^^enlo  Park  and  Palo  Alto  during  1934 
and  1935. 

CO  IT  TOWER  irORA-LS   • 

Howard  had  been  appointed  one  of  the  . number  of 
PWAP*  painters  to  contribute  murals  to  the  newly  e;rected 
Colt  ^^enorlal  Tower  on  Telegraph  Hill,  Srn  Francisco.  When 
after  two  months  his  design  was  approved,  he  began  actual 
painting  in  i'iarch  and  completed  the  wall  space  allotted  him 
in  June  1934. 

Now  came  a  revival  of  his  artistic  power.  He  liked 
mural  painting  and  working  with  artists  as  a  group,  and  felt 


♦Public  Works  of  Art  ^ro  lect,   a  branch  of  the  Federal  CJqv- 
ernment's  Civic  Works  of  Art  (CWA)  organization. 


70 


that  he  had  at  last  found  h.i. s  niche,  Ke  Joined  the  Califor- 
nia Society  of  Mural  Paintern  and  the  Writers'  and  Artists' 
Union.  Mingllnf;  aj^aln  with  artists  he  bepan  to  feel,  that 
his  art  had  really  become  a  livin.Q:  thing  and  that  he  was 
contributing  sonethinp:  of  value  to  society  and  to  art,  'In 
his  ovm  phraseology  he  was  a  part  of  the  world,  saying  some- 
thing to  his  fellow  beings  instead  of  remaining  alone  in  his 
studio  talking  to  himself.  ^*e  found  he  was  done  with  intro- 
spection and  his  mind  had  become  an  obedient  instrument  for 
the  objective  consideration  and  expres"ion  of  the  world 
about  him. 

But  with  the  completion  of  the  Colt  Tower  decora- 
tions such  dissension  arose  among  the  members  of  the  Art  Com- 
mission as  to  block  indefinitely  the  opening  of  the  Tower  to 
the  public. 

An  article  by  Evelyn  Sreley  from  the  Literary  Di- 
gest of  August  25,  1934,  reads  in  part: 

"Three  artists  had  balked  their  approval — Clif- 
ford Wight,  John  Langley  Howard,  Bernard  Zakhelm, 
Wight,  in  a  decoration  above  a  triple  window, 
had  painted  a  hanner  and  sickle,  Communist  em- 
blem, as  one  of  the  symbols  in  a  panel  depict- 
ing also  American  'rugged  individualism,'  and 
the  'New  Deal,'  as  his  conception  of  the  picture 
the  artists  v/ere  asked  to  paint  of  the  contem- 
porary American  scene  and  California  in  partic- 
ular. 

"The  commission  paused  to  note  that  one  of 
Howard's  miners,  in  a  fresco  of  California  min- 
ing is  reading  a  Western  Worker,  Communist 
weekly,  and  they  were  repelled  ^y  the  angry 
faces  of  .Tome  gold-panners  glai'lng  at  some 
tourists  ^\ho  had  stopoeo  their  car  to  rr.ze  upon 
the  quaint  scene.  They  gasped  at  the  disturbing 


71 


asf-emblriH-e  of  nctna?.  hep.clllneo  In  the  periodi- 
cal room  of  ZciL'-.oin' 3  library  fresco.  They 
were  not  sura  thsy  ae.,/-t^3d  with  hln  division  of 
literature  on  the  shelves — In  one  group  sets  of 
Kipling,  a  Henrjf  ate.  ;  in  another  V/nia  Gather; 
Sinclair  l.e-.vis,  Ernest  Hcndnciway;  in  a  third, 
Karl  iiarx.  Grace  •>.".»':pkln,  l^rskine  Caldwell,  and 
other  writers  concerned  with  the  proletorist. 

"They  ex]"'res6ed  their  reaction  to  the  three  art- 
iste, but  decided,  on  second  thouK-ht,  to  drop 
any  action  aecainst  Howard  and  Zakhelm.  Wight, 
however,  is  still  required  by  Edward  Bruce,  of 
the  National  PV/AP  to  whitewash  or  chisel  off 
the  hanner  and  sickle  emblen,  on  the  grounds 
of  'jeopardizing  further  grants  of  Federal 
Fu  ds.  ' 

"After  the  Art  Commission  spoke,  the  Artists' 
and  Writers*  Union  came  on  the  scene  to  picket 
the  tower  and  to  protest  to  Bruce  against  any 
change  in  the  frescoes.  'We  are  committed, ' 
they  wrote  Bruce,  'to  a  program  of  complete 
liberty  for  all  creative  artists,  to  the  de- 
fense of  thplr  riphts  to  depict  life  and  all 
manifestations  of  society,  whether  Capitalism, 
Communism,  or  what  not,  as  they  see  fit,  and 
according  to  their  own  scale  of  values. ' 

"Whereupon  the  Art  Commission  locked  the  tower 
securely  and  tried  to  dismiss  the  local  tempest 
as  a  'Rivera  publicity  stunt.'  They' hoped  to 
manage  a  peaceful  opening  this  fall,  whether 
the  hammer  and  sickle  remains  or  is  replaced 
by  a  blank' white  spnce.  The  union,  declares  its 
membership,  and  Wight  himself,  will  never  let 
the  murol  be  touched.  Friends  of  Wight  say  he 
may  drop  the  argument.  I^ny  think  that  for  the 
sake  of  future  projects  he  should  do  so. 

"When  the  deadlock  is  over,  the  public  will  see 
an  accomplishment  generally  considered  one  of 
the  greatest  produced  by  the  PWAP.  ■'•t  has 
proved,  to  the  amazement  of  both  rrtlnts  and 
public,  that  several  dozen  artists  can  v/ork  to- 
'gether  effectively  and  harmoniously. ..." 


72 


..  Ng.VS?  ^J> SR  CONTOOVSRSIES 

This  vas,  however.  perhaps  the  most  sane  and  un- 
prejudiced bit  of  reporting  ^''hich  dealt  "dth  the  Coit  To\"er 
fight.  The  tower  remained  closed  and  those  ^'^ho  managed  to 
surmount  the  ba'Tiern  vere  not  alvays  in  conplete  possession 
of  the  facts.  Such  falsifications  as  the  photographic  super- 
imposition  of  the  hammer  and  sickle  emblem  over  the  Zakhelm 
nural  (San  Francisco  Examiner,  July  5,  1934 — reprint  in  sub- 
sequent issue  of  the  San  Francisco  Call  Bulletin)  Instead  of 
in  its  actual  location  as  a  single  lunette  above  a  door,  add- 
ed to  the  confusion  of  public  opinion  and  rumors  vere  rife. 

Junius  Cravens  vrote  a  long  article  for  the  San 

Francisco  i^e^'s  of  Juno  7,  1934,   reporting  on  hearsay  that: 

"....runor  ^Tot  about  to  the  effect  that  at  least 
three  of  the  25  or  30  artists  employed  by  the 
PWAP  for  the  hopeless  task  of  trying  to  beautify 
the  Inside  of  the  Coit  Tower  had  seen  red,  that 
la  to  say — let  me  whisper  it,  lest  I  be  overheard 
— the  naughty  boys  had  indulged  in  a  little  Com- 
munistic propaganda  and  at  the  expense  of  the  U. 
S.  Government,  The  three  culorits  who  were 
Cfiught  red-handed,  as  it  were,  are  Clifford 
Wight,  who  was  formerly  one  of  Rivera's  assis- 
tants,  Bernard  Zakhelm  and  John  Langley  Howard. 

"Since  visitors  were  barred  and  the  doors  double 
barred  at  the  tower,  I  have  not  verified  these 
rumors. .. .but  the  story  goes. .. .Wight — was  com- 
missioned to  decoratp  some  Icng,  narrow  panels 
above  three  of  the  windows.  Symbolical  orna- 
ments seemed  to  be  best  suited  to  the  purpose. 
The  subject  of  all  tower  decorations  is  our 
contemporary  American  life.  As  social  and 
political  problems  are  of  some  importance  here 
at  the  moment,  Wight  turned  to  them. 

"....Over  the  central  window  he  stretclied  a 
bridge,  at  the  center  of  which  Is  a  circle  con- 
taining the  Blue  Eagle  of  the  NRA.    Over   the 


73 


rlf^ht  hand  window  he  stretched  a  segnent  of  a 
chain;  in  the  clr?lr  in  this  case,  appears  the 
legend  'In  God  W»=  Tru^t '--symbolizing  the  Amer- 
ican dollar,  or,  I  presume,  Capitalisn,  Over 
the  left  hand  rindoiv  he  placed  a  section  '  of 
woven  cj'.dle  "nd  a  circle  framing  a  hammer,  a 
sickle  and  the  legend  'Upited  Worker<=!  of  the 
World,  '  in  sn'^rt,  Communism..  It  v/ould  seem 
that  he  considered  those  three  issues  to  be  im- 
portant in  the  -^^merican  of  today c 

"In  Howard's  mural,  I  am  told,  appears  a  group 
of  en employed  men  ^hich  it  seems  might  be  mis- 
taken for  strikers.  One  of  them  is  said  to 
carry  a  nevspapcr  which  bears  the  title  'The 
Western  Worker'  and  headlines,  'All  out  ifey  1 
against  hunp;er,  war  and  fascism.  ' 

"....The  artists  are  said  to  claim  that  their 
prellm.inary  sketches  were  approved  by  the 
regional  committee  of  the  PWAP  before  the  ac- 
tual paintings  were  begun  ano  that  therefore 
works  should  not  be  changed. ..." 

And  Columnist  Arthur  Cay] or,   of  the  San  Francisco 

News,   hinted  even  more   Jocularly  in  that  drily' s   issue  of 

July  4,  1934  that  if  tl:e  truth  "-ere  known,  it  ^'ould  reveal 

an  astonishingly  Tv/eedledum-and-Tv-eedledee  basis  for  battle, 

saying: 

"Those  old  grudge  fig?iters,  Kid  Kapital  and  Kayo 
Communis-Ti,  mvay  be  responsible  for  the  current 
unhappiness  of  local  artists  over  tlie  Coit  Tower 
situation.  The  issues  nay  be  sweetly  fundamen- 
tal. But  there  are  also  enough  other  angles  to 
supoly  a  cubist's  portrait  of  a  ton  of  rectan- 
gles descending  a  coal  cliute. 

"Our  scouts  report  that  by  no  means  all  the 
changes  demanded  have  been  due  to  the  fact  thnt 
somebody  was  mad  at  ^arl  I^iarx  or  Andy  "^ellon. 
There  were  simpler  causes,  such  as  the  Chronicle 
being  mad  at  the  Examiner  or  the  Examiner  being 
aad  at  the  Chronicle,  or  the  fruit  people  being 
mad  at  the  vegetable  people,  or  Chrysler  being 
mad  at  General  i<Iotors. 


74 


"It  Beems  that  the  nrtints  went  about  to  make 
pictures  lllustrr^ting"  life  hereabouts — largely- 
recognizable  things  &uch  as  hills  and  cable 
cars  and  fruit  and  f.-^sb  and  hotels  and  wharves. 

"Tliey  might  be  In  the  midst  of  soclrl  u-iheavel, 
but  you  '^ould  spot  them  as  O'Leary's  hack  stand 
or  Ginsberg's  store.  Kence,  they  had  a  certain 
advertising  value. 

"....One  of  t?ie  artl.^ts  put  acme  pineapples  on 
a  fruit  stand  and  it  brought  a  kick  from  folks 
who  Insisted  that  Cnllfornla's  own  watermelons 
and  oranges  were  just  as  pretty  and  should  get 
a  break  over  the  Imported  stuff. 

"It  turned  out  to  be  surprisingly  Important 
v;hat  name  was  on  one  of  the  various  newsnapers 
appearing  in  the  masterpieces.  Th.e  Western 
Worker  was  the  only  Communist  number.  John 
Langley  Howard  put  it  in  his  picture.'  Dr. 
Walter  Hell  suggested  that  he  take  it  out,  but 
he  hasn't  thus  far." 

For  a  period  of  months,   San  Francisco  rocked  with 
editorial  opinion,   reportorlal   speculation,   controverrlal 
and  conflicting  advice,  serious  and  Jocose,  and  mounting  con- 
fusion and  resentment. 

John  Langley  Ko'"prd  did  not  know  from  day  to  day 
whether  or  not   is  mural  v'as  to  be  preserved  or  destroyed, 
partially  or  entirely.  It  depicted  the  California  scene,  oil 
development,  mining  and  hydro-electric  po'-'er,   but  the  diffi- 
culty lay  in  his  introduction  of  figures   (hence  social  com- 
ment) into  the  foreground.   In  the  very   shadow  of  one  of  the 
highest  developments  of  civilization  (bhe  producti'^n  of  elec- 
tricity and  controlled  wat-  r  power)  two  families,   obviously 
victims  of  unemployment^  are  panning  gold,  as  well  as  living, 
in  the  most  completely  primitive  fashion.    Their  annoyance 


74 


"It  seems  that  the  nrtints  went  about  to  make 
pictures  illustrating-  life  hereabouts — largely 
recognizable  things  such  as  hills  and  cable 
cars  and  fruit  and  fish  and  hotels  and  !"fharve8. 

"They  mi,c;ht  be  in  the  midst  of  social  u-iheavel, 
but  you  'iould  spot  them  as  O'Leary's  hack  stand 
or  Ginsberg's  store.  Kence,  tliey  had  a  certain 
advert isinp:  value. 

"....One  of  t?ie  artists  put  some  pineapples  on 
a  fruit  stand  and  it  brought  a  kick  from  folks 
who  Insisted,  that  California's  own  watermelons 
and  oranges  were  Just  as  pretty  and  should  get 
a  break  over  the  imported  stuff. 

"It  turned  out  to  be  surprisingly  important 
v;hat  name  was  on  one  of  the  various  newsoapers 
appearing  in  the  masterpieces.  Th.e  Western 
Worker  v;as  the  only  Communist  number.  John 
Langley  Howard  put  it  in  his  picture.  Dr. 
Walter  Heil  suggested  that  he  take  it  out,  but 
he  hasn't  thus  far." 

For  a  period  of  months,   San  Francisco  rocked  with 
editorial  opinion,   reportorial   speculation,   controversial 
and  conflicting  advice,  serio'us  and  Jocose,  and  mounting  con- 
fusion and  resentment. 

John  Langley   Ko^-'prd  did   not  know  from  day  to  day 
whether  or  not   is  mural  ^"ns     to  be  preserved  or  destroyed, 
partially  or  entirely.  It  depicted  the  California  scene,  oil 
development,  mining  and  hydro-electric  po'^er,   but  the  diffi- 
culty lay  in  his  introduction  of  figures   (hence  social  com- 
ment) into  the  foreground.   In  the  very  shadow  of  -^ne  of  the 
highest  developments  of  civilization  fche  production  of  elec- 
tricity and  controlled  wat-  r  power)  two  families,   obviously 
victims  of  unemployment,  are  panning  gold,  as  vrell  as  living, 
in  the  most  completely  primitive  fashion.    Their  annoyance 


75 


at  the  rich  tourists  if,  evident.  Ai^aln,  the  mar.sed  group  of 
miners  trudging  determinedly  for'^ard  have  about  then  a  men- 
acing air  althoUf:;h,  despite  dropped  tools  and  a  copy  of  The 
Western  Worker  rith  the  lieaaiires  "All  Out  ^ioy  i  Ag-alnst 
Hunger,  War  and  Fascism, "  there  is  no  specific  indication 
that  they  are  strikers,  as  vorlous  newspapers  suggested. 

Junius  Cravens'  evaluation  of  this  particular  work 
in  the  San  Francisco  Nevs  for  October  20,  1934,  is  interest- 
ing: 

"....A  little  eavendropplng  among  thp  average 
run  of  visitors  to  the  to^er  vlll  reveal  that 
many  people  do  not  like  most  of  the  frescoes  in 
the  first  floor  corridors.  The  'pictures'  there 
are  neither  sentimental  nor  beautiful  in  the 
popular  sense.  Although  they  are  literal  illus- 
trations, they  are  also  composites,  and  that  is 
confusing  to  many. 

"Thoae  fev  panels  Tvhich  strive  to^^ard  sorethlng 
objective,  notably  the  one  by  John  Ho'"ard,  seem 
to  be  even  less  oopular  because  they  are  tinged 
with  irony.  To  Mr.  and  i^rs.  Common  Citizen  SLtch 
things  are  merely  ugly.  Yet  such  "'orks  probably 
pretend  to  b^  above  all  else,  'proletarian  art. ' 
So  there  is  also  irony  in  the  way  that  they  are 
being  accepted.  Proletarian  art  can  scarcely 
exist  where  there  is  no  proletarian  culture. " 

Circumstances  did  not  permit  Ho'-^nrd  to  remain  In 

San  Francisco  during  the  long  battle,  nor  even  vote  with  his 

fellow  artists  '"hen  they  finally  capitulated  and  perriltted 

the  eradication  of  Wight's   symbols.    And  it  "'as  not  until 

his  visit  to  the  TovnBr,   subsequent  to  its  public  opening, 

that  he  discovered  that,  without  his  permission  or  knowledge, 

the  title  of  the  paper   (The  Western  Worker)  held  by  -^ne 


77 


readjustment  of  their  art  critfrla.    Cravens  voiced  this  in 

his  review  of  the  v/inter  shotv  at  the  Art  Cent^-rj  San  Francisco 

News,  Novembpr  24^  1934: 

"John  Howardj  '^liose  Work  Has  Been  Compared  To 
That  Of  Van  6-ogh,  Paints  Things  As  ^e  Wishes 
They  Were  Not" 

"Now  and  then  a  painter  appears  who  disregards 
both  conservative  conventions  and  stylish-isms 
and  strikes  out  on  his  own.  Such  a  painter 
seldom,  wins  recognition  during  his  lifetime, 
largely  because  he  does  not  graze  vlth  the 
herd,  so  to  speak.  He  is  driven  afield  by  In- 
ner forces.  What  he  says  is  not  universally 
understood  during  his  o^rn  time  because  he  has 
to  create  for  himself  a  new  language.  Such  a 
painter  for  Instance  was  Van  G-ogh.  Another 
such  painter  is  John  Howard,  who  is  exhibiting 
at  the  Art  Center. 

"Howard,  like  Van  G-ogh  is  impelled  by  a  deep 
consuming  humanism,  But  Van  Gogh's  humanism 
eventually  led  him  toward  his  own  ealvrition  as 
a  painter,  while  Howard's  is  in  danger  of  mis- 
leading him  into  trying  to  reform  the  cockeyed 
world. 

"To  the  extent  that  a  painter  develops  a  mis- 
sion in  life,  he  divides  his  energies  and  weak- 
ens himself  as  a  creative  artist.  The  painting 
ceases  to  be  the  thing.  ±t  becomes  a  means  to 
an  end  instead  of  being  in  itself  the  end. 

"Where  Van  G-ogh  came  to  seek  '  through  art  the 
inner  meaning  of  life  as  it  is,  Howard  is  still 
concerned  with  life's  material  aspects  and 
paints  things  as  he  wishes  they  were  not.  And 
therein  lies  the  difference  between  soul  and 
body.  The  torture  whish  Is  being  suffered  by 
Howard's  beings  is  purely  physical.  Moreover, 
they  glory  in  being  downtrodden  just  as  hypo- 
chondriacs enjoy  poor  health.  One  cannot  feel 
very  sorry  for  them  because  happiness  would 
make  them  extremely  unhapoy. 

"But  when  Howard  refrains  from  dipolng  his 
brush  in  tears,  subjective  powers  at  ^nce  be- 
come manifest  in  his  vrork.    I  doubt  if  a  more 


78 


potent  landscape  than  is  his  largest  one,  for 
example,  has  been  painted  since  Van  Gogh  left 
Aries. 

"So  dynamic  is  this  canvas  that  the  observer 
must  return  to  it  again  and  again  in  order  to 
adjust  hiiTLJ-t-lf  to  lis  corapolllng  values.  Be- 
neath as  cLnistsr  a  storm  sky  as  has  probably 
ever  been  pain'ced,  lies  a  stretch  of  Califor- 
nia hills  which  are  so  charged  ivith  nature's 
forces  that  they  seem  about  to  burst  open  like 
rain-drenched  pomegranates. 

"Much  of  Howard's  art  is  both  baffling  and  dis- 
quieting, ^ne  either  likes  it  or  loathes  it. 
But  one  can  neither  remain  indifferent  to  it 
nor  fall  to  recognize  its  forcefulness  and 
originality. 

"But  Hov'ard  seems  to  me  to  be  standing  at  the 
crossroads.  Eventually  he  is  going  to  have  to 
choose  bet'veen   the  palette  and  the  soap  box.  " 

Adverse  criticism  is  bettor  than  no  criticism,  at 
all,  and  the  surge  of  artistic  revivification  now  so  strong 
v'ithin  Howard  restored  his  confidence  and  redoubled  his  ca- 
pacity for  work,  m.inimizing  and  discouraging  effect  such 
words  might  earlier  have  had  upon  him. 

SANTA  FE 

But  again  the  Howards  discovered  that  their  small 
son's  asthma  required  a  change  of  climate.  The  desert  has 
always  held  many  desirable  qualities  from  the  paint er^s  point 
of  view,  so  they  chose  the  Southi"est.  -'-n  February  1935,  the 
family  departed  for  Santa  Fe,  the  desert  plateau  in  New  Mex- 
ico famous  for  its  art  colony. 

They  decided  to  live  quietly,  taking  no  part  in 
social  or  political  activities,   although  their  sympathies 


79 


vrith  the  labor  ir.ovement  remained  as  strong  as  ever,  John 
Freeman's  rords  had  borne  rr'uit.  John  Ijanpley  "ow  recognized 
that  hiR  renponsibi.lity  lay  in  developing  hip  o'-'n  innnte 
po^-'er  an  r.  oainte^'-. 

Living  in.  one  of  the  pleasant  adobe  houses  on  the 
Camino  del  Monte  Sol  in  ^anta  Fe,  he  spent  his  time  concen- 
trating on  those  things  his  restless  impatience  had  lost  him 
during  the  days  of  his  formal  art  training.  Day  after  day 
he  drove  to  the  Plaza  (the  main  square  of  the  to^n)  and  sat, 
sketching  from  life  about  him,  doing  no  mo:^:'  on  any  s'<:etch 
than  time  permitted  as  a  result  of  the  rapid  shifting  of  his 
unconscious  models.  ^Vh.en  painting  in  his  studio  he  used 
water  colors  a  greater  part  of  the  time,  not  realizing  then 
that  both  subject  matter  and  development  warranted  the  use 
of  the  sturdier,  surer  medium  of  oils. 

EXHIBITIONS  AND  A  PRIZE 

Continuing  to  exhibit  in  San  Francisco,  he  '-'on  such 

diverse  comment  as  H.  L,  Dungan's,   Oakland  Tribune,   L'lay  5, 

1935: 

"John  Hownrd  sho^j^s  two  Americf;n  scenes,  both 
drai'^ings,  a  self-portrait  and  another  portrait. 
The  dra"7ings  (made  several  years  earlier)  are 
well  done,  conservative,  simple,  dignified  ex- 
pressions of  fact,  one  sho^'ing  a  village  and 
the  other  a  steam  shovel  and  men  at  work.  The 
portraits  are  more  or  less  rough  and  ready, 
Ho'^ard  doesn't  spare  himself." 

and  Jehanne   Bietry  Salinger's,   San  Francisco   News  Letter, 

August  31,  1^35: 


80 


"'Portrait  of  a  Urn'  by  John  Langley  Hov/ard  Is 
not  the  sort  of  v/ork  -"'o  have  expected  from  this 
artist  who  for  many  ye.M'r;  vfi  s  by  far  tlie  :nost 
promising  young  paini;er  in  this  vjcinity.  His 
drawing  is  r.tiff^  his  c^loro  as  cruel  an  steoL" 

The  Spn  i^i-ancisco  Argonaut,  January  31,   1936,  an- 
nounced: 

"John  Howard  has  painted  a  proletarian  picture 
of  'Embarcadero  and  Clay  Street.'" 

The  Call  Bulletin,  January  25,   1936,   had  already 

recorded: 

"Currents  in  American  art  are  reflected  in  the 
important  Fifty.. sixth  Annual  Exhibit  of  the 
San  Frrncisco  Art  Association  opened  at  the  Mu- 
seum of  Art. ..  .Awards  included  the  Anne  Brem.er 
prize  ($300)  for  'Embarcadero  and  Clay  Street' 
by  John  Langley  Hovrard.  " 

CRITICS  APPRAISE  AND  APPLAUD 

Junius  Cravens,   in  a  renewed  burst  of  enthusiasm, 

wrote  in  the  San  Francisco  ^"feiys,  February  1,  1936: 

"....John  Langley  Hor-ard  is  holding  a  one-man 
exhibition  of  his  work  at  the  Art  Center,  730 
Montgomery  Street,... a  retrospective  group  of 
seven  oils  in  one  gallery  and  twice  that  num- 
ber '^f  new  works  in  a  variety  of  m.edia  in 
another. ., .also.  ...  drawing  in  a  portfolio. 
The  shov/ing  is  especially  timely  as  the  art- 
ist was  (last  week)  awarded  the  Anne  Brem.er 
Memorial  Prize  of  if300  for  his  'Embarcadero 
and  Clay  Stre-'t.  ' 

".....In  the  history  of  every  artist  of  out- 
standing ability  it  is  usually  found  that  his 
art  has  gone  through  several  phases  of  devel- 
opment, ...  Such  pei'iods  are  marked  by  experi- 
mentation either  amiong  differing  lines  of 
thought   or  with  varying  technique,   or  both, 

"John  Howard  held  his  first  one-man  show  ih 
1927.    As  he  is  essentially  an  Individualist, 


81 


his  creatlvt^  pcrers  vrere  evident  though  he  had 
scarcely  as  yet  -found  hlr.self '  In  his  first 
phase. 

"....He  has  never  produced  prolifically,  if  T-'hat 
he  has  ex'iibit&d  may  be  'jaker  as  a  gaufre,  but 
scarcely  a  year  has  passed  since  1927  during 
v/hlch  he  has  not  shc'rn  at  least  one  outstanding 
canvas.  Ffw  young  painters  nay  Justly  clain  as 
much. 

"It  has  b-^-cn  consistently  apparent  fron  the 
first  that  complete  honesty  and  sincerity  are 
qualities  irJr^erent  in  Ho"'ard's  art.  He  can  no 
nore  avoid  expressing  the  truth  as  he  sees  it 
than  he  can  heiu  being  an  artist.  To  him  the 
two  things  are  synonymous. 

"Howard's  first  period  probably  reached  its 
peak  a.bout  five  years  ago.  Such  of  his  pj^int- 
ings  as  that  of  'Mother  and  Child'. ...  and  ' Tvo 
Heads' ....  are  not  likely  to  be  soon  forgotten. 

"His  painting  then  vras  characterized  by  that 
calmness  which  usually  presages  unreleased 
forces,  and  by  a  thoroughness  which  nay  result 
fron  the  clear  thinking  of  unharrowed  thought. 
But  stepping  out  of  that  period  into  the  next 
with  his  left  foot,  so  to  speak,  Ho-^ard  appar- 
ently stunbled  into  a  trail  which  led  him 
through  a  turbulent  storm  of  morbidity.  He  savr 
before  hin  the  ugl;/'  vistas  of  a  risproportioned 
i-orld. 

"The  sordidness  and  consuming  despair  of  mass' 
unennloynent  then  overspread  his  canvases, 
clouding  but  not  obliter.-.ting  his  genius.  For 
the  time  his  art  seemed  to  be  endangered,  ho'^_ 
ever,  by  being  relegated  into  a  place  of  com- 
paratively secondary  importance.  Subject  mat- 
ter for  its  own  sakfi  seemed  to  become  the  end, 
rather  than  the  means  to  an  end. 

"The  nev/  work  which  Howard  has  sent  to  the  Art 
Center  fr-^m  Santa  Fe  may  foretell  the  da^^'n  of 
his  third  period.  The  storm  nay  have  passed, 
but  not  without  leaving  its  nark. 

"Depressing  morbidity  has  given  place  to  c^'^ni- 
cal  humor   hov'ever.    His  tongue  in  his  cheek. 


82 


the  artist  has  looked  ^n  life  In  Santa  Fe  vath 
a  satirical  and  s^metines  wry  smile. 

"His  satire  may  lack  the  light  sophisticated 
touch  of  a  Daumier  or  a  Doysan  but  it  pene- 
trates certain  incongruities  and  v^.uperf iciali- 
ties  which  charo.cterize  some  aspects  of  our 
contemporary  material  life  as  a  i"hole. 

"'One  Portrait, '  of  a  hopelessly  homely  woman, 
puts  artificial  aids  to  beauty  in  their  place 
forevermore.  You  ' do  not  see  her  crimson 
painted  fingernails,  but  you  Just  know  she  has 
*  en. 

"His  humor  does  not  all  run  to  satire  and 
caricature,  however.  In  one  decorative  land- 
scape called  'Progress  in  Santa  Fe'  for  in- 
stance, he  flashes  the  American  scene  at  us 
v/ith  a  frank,  boyish  grin. 

"'Decorative  Composition,'  by  the  way,  is  an- 
other new  development  in  Howard's  work. 

"The  collection  as  a  whole  being  in  a  decidedly 
lighter  vein  than  we  have  been  vront  to  expect 
of  Howard,  it  requires  of  us  a  readjustnent 
v/hich  is  equally  as  violent  as  his  own.  But 
v/e  can  enjoy  his  new  work,  nevertheless,  and 
accept  it  for  v/hat  it  is — another  stepping 
stone  for  him. " 


THE  AIvIERICAN  IDIOM  AND  SCENE 
At  this  time  Howard  contributed  two  paintings  to 
the  "Prospectors  Shov^"  at  the  California  ^alace  of  the  Le- 
gion of  Honor,  later  removed  to  the  YWCA  on  the  University 
of  CalifondJa''  campus,  v^hich  included  door  prizes  and  chance 
drawings  and  a  lecture  on  contemporary  art  by  Professor  S. 
C,  Pepper.  This  unique  show  was  to  raise  funds  for  the 
Theatre  Union,  an  organizati  n  for  the  production  of  plays 
of  social  content  in  the  Bny  region. 


83 


The   Christian   Science.  Monitor  comnented,  ^%rch 

24,  1936: 

"The  fifty-Bixth  annual  exhibition  of  the  San 
Francisco  Art  Association  contained  much  good 
work,  Sccentric  experimentation,  so  popular  a 
few  seasons  ago,  seems  to  be  on  the  wane.  This 
does  not  indicate  a  return  to  old-fashioned 
theories  and  inannerisns.  An  American  idion  is 
obviously  in  process  of  crystallization, 

'Mention  here  of  the  -^^nne  Bremer  Avrard) 

Howard's  technique,  while  excellent,  is  subor- 
dinate to  feeling.  He  has  good  tonality  and  a 
crisp  manner,  -^he  scene  he  painted--a  corner 
of  the  San  Francisco  waterfront — is  on  'the 
surface  prosaic.  But  with  a  poet's  vision  he 
saw  lovely  color  in  ordinary  atreet  signs  and 
in  the  overcast  sky,  and  made  others  feel  the 
romance  beyond  the  drabness. 

"Following  the  a^'ard,  the  San  Francisco  Museum 
Is  exhibiting  a  roomful  of  John  Ho^-'ard'  s  v-ater- 
colors.  '^heir  subjects  are  fleeting  Impres- 
sions of  the  Anerican  scene,  isolated  by  the 
artist.  The  sociological  content  is  marked. 
Sometimes  it  stoops  to  propaganda.  Fortunate- 
ly, It  is  not  the  content  that  makes  these 
aquarelles  interesting,  but  the  treatment.  The 
artist  uses  fresh,  lovely  color  and  enhances 
Its  vividness  by  leaving  large  areas  of  v'hite 
paper,  'spaces  of  silence.'" 

The  Art  News  of  New  York  had  already  said,   Febru- 
ary 22,  1936: 

"His  winning  canvas,  entitled  'Embarc^.dero  and 
Clay  Street'  depicts  a  group  of  stevedores  on 
their  way  to  work  at  the  San  Francisco  docks. 
The  dreary  neighborhood  with  its  tawdry  hotels, 
cheap  cafes,  billboard-advertising  and  loafers, 
make  an  admirable  background  for  these  burly 
v/orkers.  " 

Glenn  Wessels,   local  artist   and  critic,   had  also 

expressed  himself  with  some  conviction  in  the   San  Francisco 

Argonaut,  February  7,  1936: 


84 


"Possibly  the  nost  Irpportant  exhibition  out- 
side the  Annual  l3».,:,r.t  the  Art  Center.  There 
John  Langley  Hovrard,  .  .  o  exliibits  a  group  of  his 
older  works  together  \7ith  a  series  of  new  works. 

"The  collection  demonstrates  the  calm,  plodding 
beginnings  of  nhe  ai'tist,  where  technical  mat- 
ters absorbed  him  entirely,  his  violent  awaken- 
ing to  the  disagreeable  happenings  in  the  v;orld 
around  him  and  his  ].ater  restraint.  In  his 
latest  work  propagandizing  is  less  in  evidence; 
and  the  ironic  touches  are  more  effective  than 
the  earlier  proletar'ian  yells. 

"Above  all,  Howard  has  been  straightforward  and 
careful.  Even  in  i-is  mistakes  one  finds  com- 
plete sincerity  and  a  singleness  of  purpose. 
If  he  has  adopted  this  or  that  mannerism,  it 
has  not  been  to  'do  as  the  Romans.'  He  is  es- 
sentially an  independent  who  tries  all  tools 
to  find  those  vrhich  best  suit  him.  If  he 
paints  the  'American  Scene, '  it  is  because  it 
interests  him,  not  because  it  is  the  fad.  If 
he  paints  pictures  v/hich  contain  social  critic 
clsm,  it  is  because  that  is  how  he  is  thinking 
and  feeling  and  because  painting  is  his  natu- 
ral expression  of  thought  and  em.otion. 

"His  first  one-man  show  was  held  in  1927  and 
he  has  developed  slowly, ...  the  youngest  of  the 
brothers  whose  father  was  John  Galen  Howard 
....it  is  no  small  feat  that  he  has  retained 
his  originality  and  personal  vievrpoint,  sur- 
rounded by  a  family  so  decidedly,  yet  so  var- 
iously gifted  artistically. " 


HOME  TO  MONTEREY 

In  the  summer  of  1936  the  family  retired  to  Cali- 
fornia, Howard  bringing  with  him  portfolios  of  sketches, 
water  colors,  and  a  few  oils. 

Regretting  his  preoccupation  with  water  color  in 
Santa  Fe,  Hoivard  began  a  series  of  oils  of  the  Monterey 
fishermen  upon  v/hich  he  is  still  concentrating.   His   strict 


85 


self-discipline  has  brou:Tht  ^o   his   latest  pictures  a  nev 

sympathy  which  underlies  the  realism  that  earlier  troubled 
his  public. 

Chosen  a  juror  for  the  Fifty-seventh  Annual  Ex- 
hibit of  the  Son  Francisco  Art  Association,  I'ferch  1937, 
Howard  showed  t^o  cr-.nvases,  "Santa  Fe,  "  of  which  the  San 
Francisco  Chronicle,  April  4,  1937  «iaid: 

"John  Hov:^ard's  'Santa  Fe'  is  gorgeously  angry, 
beautifully  composed  commentary,  full  of  vran- 
derful  caricature  and  portraiture, ..." 

It   shores  the   parade   of   the  Gallup   strikers 
framed  with  figures  of  the  apathetic  to'A'nsfolk,  a  v/eal  thy /peo- 
ple, fat  and  frightened,  and  two  rather  jolly  policemen  sur- 
veying the  scene  \vith  unalarmed  interest. 

The  other  canvas  (here  reproduced),  portrays  the 
"Penitentes,  "  a  religious  ,group  cast  out  by  the  Catholic 
church  hundreds  of  years  ago  for  their  refusal  to  relinquish 
flagellantism  and  too  realistic  ceremonies  enacting  the  Sta- 
tions of  the  Cross.  Existing  only  in  Ne^'^  Mexico,  they  have 
survived  despite  the  efforts  madeto  stamp  out  their  barbaric 
ritual  and  continue  to  live,  sullen  and  secretive,  in  their 
orn  villages,  a  race  to  themselves.  Howard's  painting  de- 
picts the  height  of  their  pre-Easter  ceremony:  the  "cristos,  " 
torn  and  bleeding  from  the  cactus  whips  of  the  flagellant 
devotees,  upon  the  em.inence  where  they  will  be  bound  to  the 
enormous  vrooden  crosses  they  have  painfully  dragged  uo  the 
hill.    "^'hey  are  surrounded  by  kneeling  group  of   faithful 


86 


v;orshlppers  and  interestod.  sif;ht- seers.  ^n  the  distance 
stretch  the  yellow  hills,  dcT:':ed  with  scrub  cedar,  under  a 
hot  desert  sky. 

■  uy^ujojo^ 

If,  as  Howard  believes,  he  has  found  his  "v;ay  of 
life"  at  the  a^?e  of  thirty-five,  he  is  fortunate;,  for  It  will 
give  to  his  future  painting  a  surety  of  touch  and  a  quality 
of  understanding  that  will  stand  him  in  good  stead  in  his 
delineations  of  the  changing  world.  Disillusionment  and  ra- 
tionalization have  helped  him  to  master  his  mind  and  his 
emotions,  ^"^o  less  sensitive  now  than  during  the  bei-'ildered 
period  of  his  search  for  truth  as  a  very  young  man,  he  has 
discovered  that  senoltivlty,  wisely  utilized,  can  be  one  of 
the  most  important  factors  in  significant  portrayal. 

He  attributes  m.uch  to  his  wife.  Their  rautXBl 
growth  and  development  meant  that  at  no  time  was  he  victim  of 
the  black  despair  so  apt  to  descend  upon  the  artist  through 
loneliness  or  lack  of  personal  understanding  and  sympathy. 
Together  they  have  faced  whatever  problems  have  arisen. 
These  they  have  conquered  with  intellectual  honesty  and  no 
small  courage, 

Howard  has  been  painting  a  scant  fifteen  years  and 
has  already  made  a  very  definite  contribution.  It  is  logical 
to  expect  that  with  the  mental  and  spiritual  integration  he 
has  achieved,  his  future  contributions  x'^dll  be  both  valuable 
and  important  to  the  phase  of  art  which  characterize  our 
times. 


rf 


87 


OILS: 


JOHN   LANGLFY  HOWARD 

RErRS3:ii\"TATIVE 

■VORKS 


Self  Portrait,  1927 

Mother  and  Child,  1928 

Artist's  Mother,  1928 

Still-Life,  1928 

Family  Dwelling,  1928 

Mountain  Road,  1930 

Family,  The 

Father  and  Son,  1931 

Monterey  Mountains,  1031 

Wood  Gathering,  1931 

Two  Heads,  1931 

Portrait  of  Man,  1932 

California  Lands caoe,  1934 

One  Portrait,  1934' 

Embarcadero  and  Clay  Street,  1935 

Santa  Fe,  1936 

Penitcntes,  1936 

San  Francisco,  1936 


WATERCOLORS; 


Landscape  of  Housetops,  1927 
Progress  in  Santa  Fe,  1935 
Meeting  in  the  Park,  1935 
Decoration  Day  Parade,  1955 


WOOD  CARVINGS: 


Head  of  Woman  (raanzanita),  1929 
Small  Grotesques 
Hypo  chDnAizje-fec 


DRAWINGS : 

Docks  and  Piers 


88 


PRIVATE  COLLECTIONS; 


Mrs.  John  Blotry  Salir.ger,  San  Francisco,  California 
Self  Portrait  (oil).  1927 
Mother  and  Child  (oil),  1928 

Mrs.  John  G-nlen  Howard,  San  Francisco,  Calif crnia 
Monterey  Mountains  (oil),  1931 
Woodgathering  (oil),  1931 
Small  grotesque  v/ood  carvings,  1929 

Mrs.  Warren  Gregory,  San  Francisco,  California 
Meeting  In  the  Park  (v/atercolor) ,  1935 
Decoration  Day  Parade  (watercolor) ,  1935 


PERi'/^ANSNT  COLLECTIONS: 


Colt  Tower,  San  Francisco,  California 
Mural ,  1934 


EXHIBITIONS: 


San  Francisco,  California 
Modern  Art  Gallery 

Charcoal  Landscape,  Dooember  1926 

Docks  and  Piers  (draning) 

Nude  (oil) 

San  Francl3C0  (oil) 

Fog  (oil),  Aoril  1927 

Hillside  (oil) 

Inaglnary  Landscape  (oil) 

Imaginary  Landscape  (oil) 

Landscapes  #1  to  #12  (oil) 

Landscape  (oil) 

Mountains    " 

Nude        " 

Portrait    " 

Study       " 

Study       " 

Study       " 

Two  Men  in  a  Boat  (oil) 

Wave,  The  (oil) 

Landscape    (v/atercolor) 

6  Sculptures 

East-Wost  Gallery 

Self  Portrait  (oil),  May  1928 
Collection  of  Paintings  and  Drawings 
Self  Portrait  (oil),  January  1937 


89 


Gal erie  Beaux  Arts 

Self  Portrait  (cjl),  March  1928 
Collection  -.if  '^^•.i'.iir.^s   and  Tirawings 
Mother  and  Child  (oil),  January  1929 
Collection  of  paintintrs  and  Drawings 
Collection  of  Paintings  and  Drav;ings,  Sentember 

1929 
Collection  '"^f  Paintings  and  Drawings,  February  1930 
Collection  of  Paintings  and  V/atercolors, 

June  1930 
Wood  Carvings,  September  1930 

Collection  of  Paintings  and  Drawings,  December  1930 
Monterey  Mountains  (oil),  April  1931 
Collection  of  Watercolors  and  Paintings 
Collection  of  Paintings  and  Drawings,  July  1951 
Two  Heads  (oil),  January  1932 
Collection  of  Paintings 
Collection  of  Paintings,  July  1932 
Three  Paintings,  September  1932 
Monterey  Mountains  (oil),  February  1937 

California  Palace  of  the  Legion  of  Honor 
Monterey  Mountains  (oil),  December  1931 
Paintings  and  Drawings,  June  1935 
Collection  of  Paintings  and  Drawings,  March  1936 

Art  Center 

Collection  of  Paintings  and  Drawings,  September 

1929 
California  Landscape  (oil),  August  1934 
Collection  of  Drav/ings 
Collection  of  Watercolors,  Drawings  and  Paintings, 

December  1934 

Bohemian  Club  Show 

Portrait  of  Man  (oil),  March  1935 
Collection  of  Drawings  and  Paintings 

Paul  Elder's  Modern  Gallery 

Oil  Paintings  and  Drawings,  May  1935 

San  Francisco  Museum  of  Art 

California  Hills  (oil),  June  1935 

Embarcadero  and  Clay  Street  (oil),  January  1936 

Santa  Fe  (oil),  April  1937 

Berkeley,  California 
Playhouse  Theatre 

Paintings  and  Drawings,  November  1927 
Haviland  Hall,  University  of  California 

Collection  of  Paintings  and  Drawings,  July  1931 


90 


AWARDS : 


Carmol,  California 

Denny-V/atrous  C-allcry 

Collecticn  of  rv\intlngs  and  Drawings,  April  1930 
Paintings,  Vv'a'cercclcrs  and  Drawings,  May  1931 

Kansas  City,  Kansas 

Kansas  City  A:'t  Institute 

Embarcadei-o  and  Clay  Street  (oil),  Fall  of  1936 


San  Francisco  Art  Association  Annual,  San  Francisco 
Museum  of  Art,  February  22,  1936 

Anne  Brer;;er  Memorial  Prize,  |300,  for 
"Embarcadero  and  Clay  Street"  (oil) 


CLUBS; 


Member: 

Club  Beaux  Arts 
San  Francisco  Art  Association 
Society  of  Mural  Painters 
Writers'  and  Artists'  Union 


91 


JOHN  LANCJLSY  HOWARD 
BIBLIJCRAPHY 


San  Frnncisco  Chi^oniclG,  December  12,  1926,  p.  SF 
March  27;  1927,  p.  7D--Febru.-ry  3,  1929,  p.  5D 
September  16,  1929,  5D--SoptGraber  29,  1930,  d.  5D 
April  4,  1937,  p.  5D 

San  Francisco  Examiner,  March  25,  1929,  p.  K8 
May  13,  1928,  p.  lOg— May  20,  1923,  p.  lOS 
January  27,  1929,  p.  lOE—SeTot ember  22,  1929,  p.  9E 
September  27,  1929,  p.  lOE— Aioril  5,  1931,  r,.  HE 
May  17,  1951,  n.  HE— September  18,  1932,  d.  6E 
July  5,  1934,  p.  7— April  4,  1937,  p.  6E 

San  Francisco  Call-Bulletin,  Aoril  11,  1931,  p.  8 
May  16,  1931,  p.  12— January  25,  1936,  p.  9' 
June  7,  1934,  p.  8 

San  Francisco  News,  July  4,  1934,  p.  9 

August  11,  1934,  p,  8 — October  20,  1934,  o.  9 
November  24,  1934,  p.  9 — February  1,  1936,  p.  7 

Oalcland  "(California)  Tribune 

October  11,  1931 — December  13,  1931 
August  12,  1934 — December  23,  1934 
March  13,  1935— May  5,  1935 
June  16,  1935 

Courier,  Berkeley,  California 
February  27,  1936 

Gazette,  Berkeley,  California 
April  16,  1936 

Argonaut,  San  Francisco 

December  25,  1926,  v.    13--ADril  2,  1927,  p.  13 
March  24,  1928,  p.  5— May  19,  1928,  p.  9 
February  2,  1929,  p.  6--June  14,  1930,  p.  13 
October  2,  1931,  '  p.  12— January  22,  1932,  p.  13 
January  31,  1936,  p.  13— February  7,  1936,  o.  17 
February  19,  1937,  p.  16 

Argus,  San  Francisco 

April  15,  1927,  p.  6— April  1928,  p.  5 
June  1928,  p.  6 

San  Franciscan,  The,  April  30,  1931,  p.  19 


:nOj     -in 


92 


Wasp-News  Letter,  San  Francisco 
December  1,  1934,  n,  12 
August  31,  1935,  ri,    10 
February  8,  1936,  p.  11 

Carmelite,  Carmel,  California 
April  30,  1931 

Literary  Digest,  August  25,  1934,  p.  24 

Christian  Science  Monitor,  Boston,  Massachusetts 
March  24,  1936 

Art  News,  New  York  City 
February  22,  1936,  p.  7 

Art  Digest,  Kev/  York  City 
October  1,  1936,  p.  21 


ADALINE        KENT 

1900 

Biography  and  Works 

"tt:?ra  cotta  head— jane  berlakci  -v 


:Ai^IS 


-  x:;a 


93 


AD ALINE  KENT 
THF  KEN^;  F.J\IJILY 

Adallnc  Button  Kent,  daughter  of  Congressman  Wil- 
liam Kent  and  Elizabeth  Thacher  Kent,  was  born  in  Kentfield, 
California,  August  7,  1900.  Of  predominantly  New  England  de- 
rivation, members  of  the  fojnily  have  almost  invariably  chos- 
en creative  if  not  actually  artistic  occupations.  Her  Con- 
gressm.an  father  is  one  example — her  uncle,  Sherman  Thacher, 
head  of  the  Thacher  School  for  Boys  at  Ojai,  California,  an- 
other. 

William  Kent,  Chicago  born,  felt  that  neither  New 
England  nor  the  Middle  West  offered  the  maximum  of  opportuni- 
ty, and  so  established  his  branch  of  the  family  on  a  portion 
of  one  of  his  large  California  timber  holdings  at  Kentfield 
in  Marin  County. 

William  Kent's  life  was  largely  devoted  to  politics, 
one-time  member  of  the  Federal  Tariff  Commission,  leader  in 
the  Packers'  Investigation,  and  political  opponent  of  Judge 
Gary,  he  consistently  favored  the  protection  of  American  agri- 
cultural workers  against  the  importation  of  cheap  foreign  la- 
bor. His  wife  was,  from  the  time  of  her  marriage,  keenly  a- 
ware  of  political  nuances  and  was  actively  engaged  in  the 
struggle  for  women's  suffrage  and  in  the  peace  movement  aris- 
ing in  America  as  a  result  of  the  World  War  and  both  felt  the 
necessity  for  constructive  action.  From  her  father,  par- 
ticularly, Adaline  early  acquired  the  respect  for  creative 
activity  so  essential   to  the  development   of  a  real   artist. 


94 


Although  the  Kentn  v;-ro  often  in  Calif orniri.  and 
Chicago,  Congressman  Kent's  duties  kept  him  and  the  fajnily  in 
Washington,  D.  C,  where  Adaliiie  was  almost  constantly  sur- 
rounded by  a  political  atmosphere.  With  her  unprejudiced 
child's  eyes  she  recognized  the  tendency  to  individual  eva- 
sions, if  not  actual  dishonesty,  ajnong  diplomatists,  and  dur- 
ing her  adolescence  her  observation  resulted  in  growing  dis- 
illusionment, which  developed  into  a  strong  conviction  that 
there  was  no  place  in  art  for  preoccupation  with  the  undig- 
nified details  of  the  contemporary  scene.  Slowly  she  grew  to 
feel  that  the  artist  should  hold  fast  to  those  things  which 
arc  ..eternal  and  unchanging  rather  than  permit  himself  to  be 
swayed  by  the  shiftying  needs  of  the  moment, 

EDUCATION 

She  was  early  interested  in  drav;ing  and  clay  mod- 
eling, and  during  her  attendance  at  both  the  Madera  and  the 
Potomac  Private  Schools  in  Washington,  D.  C,  received  her 
early  instruction  from  competent  art  teachers,  sympathetic 
enough  to  encourage  her  childish  enthusiasm. 

Entering  Vassar  at  Poughkeepsie  in  1919,  she  took 
only  superficial  courses  in  the  history  of  art  in  addition 
to  the  regulation  requirements.  One  of  her  art  instructors, 
however,  a  Miss  Agnes  Rindge,  was  so  personally  stirred  by 
her  subject  that  she  transmitted  much  f^f  her  natural  enthu- 
siasm for  sculioture  tc  her  students.  Under  her,  for  the  first 


95 


tine,  Adallno  Kent  becane  actively  awr,re  of  her  latent  sen- 
sitivity to  form  and  talent  for  sculptural  expression  but 
did  nothing  practical  at  college  toward  its  dcvolopnent. 

At  the  time  of  her  graduation  in  1923,  her  frjnily 
settled  an  income  on  her  which  gave  her  complete  freedom,  A 
serious-minded  young  woman,  she  found  herself  puzzled  and  un- 
happy, feeling  she  had  done  nothing  to  earn  the  many  benefits 
now  hers.  But  when  she  reached  the  point  of  deciding  to  give 
up  all  her  material  possessions  and  begin  the  difficult  task 
of  re-acquiring  them  by  her  own  efforts,  her  father  interven- 
ed. He  explained  that  although  the  money  had  been  earned  by 
someone  else,  it  had  been  given  into  her  hands  as  a  responsi- 
bility rather  than  as  a  gift.  She  was  to  use  it  in  accom- 
plishing something  of  benefit  to  herself  and  to  others.  Viev/- 
ing  the  matter  in  this  light,  she  determined  to  work  doubly 
hard  in  an  attempt  to  be  v/orthy  of  such  a  trust.  She  rented 
a  studio  in  downtovm  San  Francisco  and  began  work  in  earnest, 
commuting  across  the  Bay  from  her  home  in  Kentfield, 

PARIS  PERIOD  -  1025-1929 
From  1925  to  1929,  she  divided  her  time  between  Cal- 
ifornia and  Paris.  She  believed  that  competent  instruction 
was  vital,  but  that  actual  learning  depended  upon  the  stu- 
dent's capacity  for  intelligent  observation  and  assimilation. 
Studying  briefly  with  the  great  sculptor,  Bourdelle,  in  Paris 
she  was  hampered  by  her  lack  of  French.   To  overcome  this  she 


96 


hired  two  interpreters,  a  Sv/edish  woman  and  a  Russian  man. 
Through  their  somewhat  stumbling  translations  of  her  teacher's 
criticism,  she  learned  one  fo.ct;  her  greatest  fault  was  her 
liking  for  "petit  pain"  and  made  up  her  mind  to  overcome  it 
despite  her  natural  predilection  for  small,   whimsical  things. 

For  two  years  she  worked  in  Roy  Sheldon's  Paris  stu- 
dio, gaining  more  here,  she  felt,  than  from  direct  instruction. 
From  the  works  and  conversation  of  men  and  women  v/ith  names 
already  notable,  as  v/ell  as  fellow  students,  she  succeeded  in 
clarifying  considerably  her  understanding  of  the  processes 
and  development  of  sculpture. 

Much  of  her  time  was  spent  at  the  Louvre  and  especi- 
ally the  Salon  des  Tuileries,  which  contained  the  very  best 
of  modern  sculpture.  During  her  Impressionable  student  days 
she  stood  often  before  one  great,  calm  head  in  the  Louvre  when 
she  was  troubled  or  discouraged,  absorbing  the  peace  and  repose 
which  was  later  to  become  an  integral  quality  of  her  own  work. 

Her  natural  shyness,  combined  with  an  almost  stub- 
born determination,  made  m.any  of  her  early  steps  painful  ones. 
Visiting  the  great  sculptor,  Despiau,  she  dared  not  ask  to 
see  more  of  his  work  than  appeared  in  the  room  in  which  ho 
received  her.  On  leaving,  she  forced  herself  to  express  her 
appreciation — of  his  work  as  well  as  his  kindness  to  her- 
self—and was  stunned  to  hear  him  say,  "So.  V/ell,  now  since 
you  have  been  so  intelligent,  I  am  going  to  show  you  every- 
thing,]"  And,  taking  her   through  his  studio,   he  showed  her 


97 


his  stoneyard  as  well,  go  th-it  sha  might  also  study  his  meth- 
ods of  work  by  observing  his  luiiinishod  pieces. 

During  this  period  she  Soudied  a  year  in  California 
at  the  California  School  of  Fine  Arts,  adding  to  her  modeling 
the  technique  of  direct  cut  stone  under  the  instruction  of  the 
American  sculptor,  Ralph  Stachpole. 

Before  her  final  departure  from  Paris,  she  exhibit- 
ed in  the  ConToagnie  des  Arts  Francais  and  at  the  Q-alerie  2ak, 
her  v/ork  being  sufficiently  distinguished  to  attract  newspaper 
notice. 

SAN  FRA.NCISCO  EXHIBITION 

Returning  to   San  Francisco  in  1929  Miss  Kent  had, 

as  a  member  of  the  San  Francisco  Art  Association  and  of  the 

Art  Center,   exhibited  locally  at  the   latter' s  show  rooms  as 

well  as  in  the  East-West  Gallery  in  1928.    Junius  Cravens  in 

the  Argonaut  for  May  19,  1928  comments: 

"A  lino  drawing  by  Adaline  Kent,  of  a  nude  ad- 
olescent figure  has  great  charm,  and  her  sculp- 
tured Congo  figure,  cast  in  metal  and  adapted 
for  use  as  an  ornament  for  an  automobile  radi- 
ator cap,  is  an  amusing  and  unusual  bit  of  ap- 
plied art,  " 

The  creation  of  the  radiator  cap  for  her  brother  was 

typical  of  Miss  Kent's  honesty  of  approach,   for  although  it 

was  representative  of  her  best  work,  she  saw  no  reason  why  it 

should  not  be  turned  to  practical  uses   if  its  owner  saw  fit. 

Unfortunately,  the  figure  was  stolen  during  the  exhibit  andtr.is 

never  recovered. 


98 


Exhibiting  with  tho  ncmbors   of  the  Beaux  Arts  G-al- 
lerie,  the  Chronicle  of  February  24,  1929,  hcadlinec  her  work. 

"ADALINE  KEM?  SHOWS  STR.AA-C-ELY  BEAUTIFUL  HEAD" 

"Adaline  Kent' 8  'I  an  thirsty'  (J'ai  So if)  de- 
fies description  from  the  viewpoint  of  one's 
cmotionaL  response;  a  singularly  or  rather 
strangely  bcaiitiful  head  tilted.  backwa.rd,  its 
interest  supported  on  the  cr.lyx-llke  arrange- 
ment of  two  hands  which  flange  outward  from 
the  length  of  two  long  arms  like  the  letter 
'Y' .  The  use  of  lead  as  a  medium  has  intensi- 
fied in  its  cool  grayness,  the  unique  beauty 
of  this  unusual  conception. " 

Still  shy  regarding  her  developing  talents,  she 
felt  honored  when  Timothy  Pflueger,  prominent  San  Francisco 
architect,  hit  upon  an  idea  of  calling  in  a  group  of  artists, 
including  herself,  to  decorate  the  Stock  Exchange,  one  of  San 
Francisco's  finest  buildings,  and  Vi/as  particularly  impressed 
when  he  paid  them,  not  ;iccording  to  reputation,  but  impartially, 
by  the  square  foot  of  work.  This  meant  to  her  a  renewal  of 
that  rare  camaraderie  of  student  days  v/hich  permits  artists 
to  work  together  with  complete  freedom  and  purity  of  purpose, 
without  the  taint  of  personal  competition. 

Her  awn  task  consisted  of  producing  two  small  bas- 
relief  panel  sets,  called  "Night  Club,"  in  travertine  m.arble. 
Too  shy  to  inquire  of  her  fellow  artists,  it  v;as  wjoks  be- 
fore she  learned  how  to  keep  her  tools  sharp,  and  she  was  al- 
most completely  baffled  by  this  nev/  medium  which,  ar;  she  des- 
cribes it,  was  "like  nothing  so  much  as  working  on  a  mouth- 
ful of  bad  teeth" — an  excessively  Jiard  grain  giving  wsy  with- 


99 


out  wa.rming  to  soft,  chalk-like  pockets, 

M.^RIAaS  AND  CHILDREN 

Early  in  ir^oO,  Adeline  Kent  and  her  brother  nado  a 
short  trip  into  Mexico. 

On  Auguat  of  that  year,  she  was  married  to  Robert 
Boardnan  Howard  at  her  family  hone  in  Kentfield.  Drawn  to 
gather  years  earlier  through  art  activities  and  mutual  mem- 
bership in  the  Art  Center,  they  simultaneous  work  in  the 
Stock  Exchange  had  brought  about  the  culmination  of  v/hat  nei- 
ther had  at  first  recognized  as  romance.  After  a  short  honey- 
moon in  Mexico,  they  returned  to  their  separate  studies  in 
San  Francisco,  establishing  a  home  on  Russian  Hill. 

Previous  to  this  time,  she  had  com.pletcd  a  number 
of  commissions — mainly  garden  sculpture — in  direct  cut  stone, 
but  she  now  began  to  feel  that  her  best  efforts  could  be  a- 
chieved  by  modeling  in  clay  and  casting  in  appropriate  media. 

The  birth  of  the  Robert  Howards'  first  child,  Ellen 
Kent  Howard,  in  May,  1931,  appears  to  have  deterred  her  art 
work  not  at  all  for  in  the  preceding  April  Adaline  Kent  had 
been  awarded  honorable  mention  for  a  nude  sculpture  in  ebony. 
In  October  of  the  same  year  a  number  of  the  garden  pieces  done 
as  private  commissions  were  exhibited  at  the  California  Palace 
of  the  Legion  of  Honor.  "Anteater; "  "Pelican;"  and  "Bear;"  a- 
long  with  a  shallow  tray  containing  a  small,  seated  nude,  were 


100 


conmentod  on  as  bolng  "amusing,  ntylishly  ugly,  and  decora- 
tive, "  by  the  "San  Francisco  Sxanincr"   for  October  25,  1931. 

In  1932  she  and  her  husband  made  another  short  trip 
into  Mexico.  Thcit  yer.r  she  conpletod  an  excellent  portrait 
of  her  sister-in-law,  Jane  Berlandina,  in  terra  cotta,  and  won 
honorable  mention  for  her  m.arblc  "Mother  and  Child. " 

The  artists'  Barter  Shov/,  reported  in  the  San  Fran- 
cisco Chronicle  for  February  12,  1933,  v/^s  hold  in  the  Cour- 
voisier  Gallery: 

"The  idea  is  G-uthrie  Courvoisior '  s.  He  got  it 

from  the  art  barter  shows  in  other  cities  and 

the  popularity  of  the  practice  of  barter 
throughout  the  country. 

"Money  is  scarce,  reasons  Guthrie.  Goods  are 
plentiful.  Artists  need  money,  but  they  f'.lso 
need  goods.  People  nant  art.  Why  not  arrange 
some  direct  trading?  ....Artists  are  enrolling 
many  of  their  best  ,(v;orks)  and  the  prices.... 
are  unprecedentedly  popul.ar. " 

In  this  show  Adaline  Kent  participated  with  enthusiasm.  Art 
being  a  necessity  to  her,  she  felt  no  one  should  be  deprived 
of  it  by  reason  of  a  slim  purse,  and  here  was  the  perfect  op- 
portunity to  demonstrate  her  personal  andnrtistic  philosophy. 

May  1933,  saw  the  birth  of  her  second  dauf;hter,  Galen 
Kent  Howard.  About  this  tine,  Adaline  Kent  refused  to  join 
the  San  Francisco  Society  of  Women  artists.  Happily  feminine  in 
her  own  home,  she  refused  to  consider  iicrself  as  anything  but 
a  creative  entity  in  her  studio.  She  was  perfectly  \;illing 
to  accept  the  possibility  of  her  personal  artistic  shcrtcon- 


101 


ings,  but  not  the  possibility  of  artistic  shortcomings  result- 
ing from  femininity  of  conception  or  execution. 

SCULPTURAL  THEORY 

When  she  shared  an  exhibit  of  sculpture  v/ith  Harriet 

Whedon  at  the  San  Francisco  Art  Center  in  1934,  Glenn  Wessels 

comments  in  the  May  £5th  Argonaut: 

"The  Kent  sculptures  are  subtly  balanced,  rest- 
ful pieces,  with  somothing  of  the  classic  re~ 
straint  of  Millol  about  them." 

And  H.  L.  Dungan  had  earlier  said  in  the  Ontland  Tribune  for 

May  13: 

"Miss  Kent's  sculptures  run  from  th3  nearlj''  ab- 
stract to  the  modern-academic,  with  a  leaning 
toward  a  so.ne,  vigorous  modernism...." 

Evidently  Adalinc  Kent  had  succeeded  in  following  the  first 
rule  laid  down  for  herself,  i.  o.,  that  a  sculptor  should  work 
from  complicated  forms  to  simple  ones  rather  than  bogin  with 
primitive  conceptions  and  elaborate.  In  sculpture,  essential 
form  is  paramount.  It  is  hor  boliof  that  any  complication  of 
detail  is  likely  to  overlay  and  obscure  purity  of  form. 

The  Art  Digest  brought  news  of  her  further  recogni- 
tion in  the  East  in  its  issue  for  September  1935: 

"Adalinc  Kent's  stone  carving  of  'Mother  and 
Child'  is  of  the  square  type  of  design,  strong, 
sympathetic,  and  good." 

In  1936,  she  executed  a  line  dravm  mural,   "Person- 
age, "  and  "Girl  with  Draperies,"  a  travertine  recut.   Of  the 


10  . 


orii' 


102 


second,  H.  L.  Dung.in,  revie'vlng  the  exhibition  by  the  five 
Howards  at  Paul  Elder's  Modern  Gallery  in  the  Oakland  Trib- 
une for  May  5,  1935: 

"Adaline  Kent  is  represented  by  drav/ings  and 
sculpture. .. .scattered  line  effects  such  as 
Matisse  and  many  others  did  at  one  time,  but 
v/e  must  boy;  in  admiration  before  her  lovely 
little  terra  cotta  garden  figure.... a  small 
boy  with  a  funny  little  face. .. .handled  grace- 
fully and  vjlth  much  appreciation.  Let  it  be 
recorded  in  art  history  that  the  present  owner 
(Mrs.  John  Kittle),  who  lent  the  lad  for  exhi- 
bition paid  the  artist  more  than  the  price  she 
asked. ..." 

Impersonality  and  repose  are  tv/o  of  Adaline  Kent's 
greatest  aims,  despite  her  love  for  v/hat  Bourdelle  called 
"petit  pain, "  and  these  she  achieves  by  delicate  and  sympa- 
thetic modeling  of  largo  solid  masses.  The  theory  of  oppos- 
ing planes,  to  which  Bourdelle  introduced  her,  and  in  v/hich 
she  is  predominantly  interested,  has  probably  long  been  a 
basic  sculptural  tenet.  It  is  a  simple  device  which  con- 
sists of  the  slight  shifting  of  tv/o  or  more  plane  surfaces, 
so  that  static  geometrical  figures  become  dynamic  and,  in 
cross-section,  show  multiple  surfaces  along  which  the  eye 
travels  in  natural  progression.  Thus,  in  a  reclining  fig- 
ure (like  "The  River"  an  almost  life-size  nude  in  cement, 
executed  for  Jane  Borlandina  in  1937)  the  head,  slightly 
turned,  forms  an  opposing  plane  to  the  shoulders,  the 
shoulders  to  the  -relaxed  hips,  the  hips  to  the  half-drawn 
Icneec  * 

The   San  Francisco  Chronicle   and  Examiner  for 


103 


April  4,  1937,  enthusiantically  reported  her  v/inning  of  the 

$400  Parilla  Purchase  Prize  and  a  r.edal  for  her  fine  brass 

head,  "Carita,  "  the  xornior  oonncnting: 

"(It)  is  ^. beautifully  modeled  child's  portrait 
rejoicing  In  a  richness  of  surface  as  beautiful 
as  the  modeling. ..." 

"Carita, "  life-size  head  of  a  child  with  looped 
braids  on  either  side  of  a  grave,  appealing  little  face,  is 
in  a  sense  the  ernbodi.rient  of  a  personal  characteristic  of  Ada- 
line  Kent's--a  soi't  of  clear-eyed  earnestness  and  humility 
typical  of  her  own  approach  to  art.  When  complimented  on  this 
head  she  dismissed  conventional  ^Juste  by  aaying,  "Oh,  but  you 
should  have  seen  ray  model.   She  v;as  exquisite.'  " 

PERSONAL  ATTRIBUTSS 
She  offsets  the  fear  that  her  many  opportunities 
may  have  given  her  unfair  advantages  by  exercising  her  enor- 
mous capacity  for  work  and  by  accepting,  reasonably  and  sane- 
ly, the  extent  of  her  abilities.  Possessed  of  a  spontaneous 
and  irrepressible  humor,  often  evident  in  her  work,  she  is 
merry  rather  than  impatient  over  the  layman's  misunderstand- 
ings of  the  processes  of  sculpture.  She  was  highly  aaused 
when,  in  Paris,  she  was  asked  if  she  would  meke  "a  small  Venus 
de  Mile — nothing  grand  like  the  original" — and  again  when  the 
Salvation  Army  v/anted  her  to  do  a  heroic  bust  of  Evangeline 
Booth  in  bronze  for  $100  (the  process  of  casting  alone  run- 
ning to,  at  absolute  minimum,  something  over  $500). 


104 


She  is  modern  rithowt  yielding  to  passing  fads.  A 
survey  of  her  work  provides  e/idence  that  she  is  unfalteringly 
and  comprehensively  intelj.igent  in  her  sculptural  conceptions, 
whether  in  the  field  of  serious  syrnbology.  whimsical  portrayal, 
or  personal  portraiture.  She  likes  her  drawings  and  occasion- 
ally exhibits  a  few  with  her  cculpture. 

Outside  the  studio,  her  time  is  spent  mainly  with 
her  children  or  in  active,  nut-door  sports. 

Temporarily  closing  their  Russian  Hill  home  in  San 
Francisco,  Adaline  Kent  and  her  husband,  Robert  Boardman  How- 
ard, departed  for  atrip  v/hich  will  include  Paris  and  its  great 
galleries,  as  well  as  a  bicycle  tour  of  the  outlying  French 
provinces  for  study  and  recreation,  and  bring  them  back  to 
San  Francisco  late  in  the  summer  of  1937. 


105 


ADALINE  KENT 

REPRESENTATIVE 

WORKS 


SCULPTURES: 

Congo  Figure    (crast  metal,  adapted  for  rr.dlator  cap) 

1926 
Pelican  (stone),  1927 
Standing  Figure  (bronzj),  1927 
J'al  Soif  (cast  lead),  1928 
Springtime 

Anteater  (cast  lead),  1951 
Nude  (ebony),  1931 
Mother  and  Child  (marble),  1932 
Portrait  of  Jane  Berlandina  (terra  cotta),  1932 
Bear  (stone),  1935 

Young  G-irl,  A  (travertine  recut),  1936 
Carita  (head  in  brass),  1937 
Frightened  Maiden  (terra  cotta) 
G-ardener,  The 

G-irl  with  Drapery  (travertine  recut) 
Madonna 

Personage  (terra  cotta) 
Portrait  of  Escudero  (terra  cotta) 
Portrait  of  Evangeline  Booth 
Portrait  Head  (terra  cotta) 
Reclining  Figure 

LINE  DRAWING: 

Nude  Adolescent  Figure 

PEN  AND  INK: 

Seated  Figure 

Seated  Nude  and  Head  at  Left 


-•ff:^,X'? 


tii  iff 


106 


PRIVATE  COLLECTIONS; 


Earl  Reed,  Chlcagio,  Illinois 
Bird  Bath,  1920 

Mrs.  Wlllian  Dunham,  Hev;  Haven,  Connecticut 
Noah,  1326 

John  Rogers,  Nov;  York 
Pelican,  1927 

William  Thacher,  New  York 

G-rasshoppor  (rose  granite),  1927 

San  Fr?inci3cc  Stock  Exchange,  San  Francisco, 
California 

Tv;o  small  bsis-relief  panel  insets  of  travortino 
marble,  called  "Night  Club,"  1930 

Thomas  D.  Church,  San  Francisco,  California 
Mural,  lino  drawing,  1936 

Mrs.  John  Kittle,  Roas,  California 
Perrsonago  (terra  cotta),  1936 

Mrs.  William  Kent,  Kontfleld,  California 
Girl  Vifith  Drapery  (travertine  recut),  1956 

Jane  Berlandina  (Mrs.  Henry  T.  Howard),  San  Francisco 
The  River  (cast  cement),  1937 
Portrait  of  Jane  Berlandina  (terra  cotta) 


PERl^/IANENT   COLLECTIONS: 


San  Francisco  Museum  of  Art,  San  Francisco 
California — Bender  Collection 
Seated  Figure  (pen  and  ink) 
Seated  Nude  and  Head  at  Left  (pen  and  ink) 


107 


EXHIBITIONS; 


San  Francisco,  C.-.lif -. rnla 

San  Francisco  Art  Association 
Madonna  (sculpture),  April  1928 
Frightened  Maiden  (terra  cotta),  May  1930 
Polico.n  (stone) 
Standing  Figure  (bronze) 
Antcfitor  (cast  lead),  May  1951 
Nude  (ebony;  received  certificate  of  honor- 
able mention) 
Mother  and  Child  (marble),  1932 
Young  G-irl,  A  (travertine  recut),  1934 
Standing  Figure  (bronze;  honorable  mention) 

February  1935 
Carita  (head  in  brass;  Parilla  Purchase  Prize, 
5400),  April  1937 

Art  Center 

Congo  Figure  (cast  in  metal),  May  1928 
Nude  Adolescent  Figure  (line  drawing) 
Represented,  July  1933 
Sculptures,  May  1934 

East-West  Gallery 

Congo  Figure  (cast  in  metal;  stolen  during  the 

Exhibition),  1928 

Nude  Adolescent  Figure  (line  drawing) 

G-alerie  Beaux  Arts 

J'al  Self  (cast  lead  bust),  February  1929  o,nd 

September  1932 
Lambkin,  a  (miniature  piece  of  modeling  cast  in 
metal  mounted  on  a  marble  base) 
June  1930 
Portrait  Head  (terra  cotta) 

California  Palace  of  the  Legion  of  Honor 
Anteater  (cast  lead),  October  1931 
Bear  (stone) 
Pelican  (stone) 
Also  a  sculptured  shallow  tray  containing  a 

small  seated  nude 
Pen  and  Ink  drawings,  March  1936 

Artists'  Barter  Show,  Courvolsler  Gallery 
Represented,  February  1933 


108 


AWARDS : 


Paul  Elder's  Modern  Gallery 

Girl  v/ith  Drripery  (trr.vertlne  recut),  May  1935 
Also  represented  '.-^y  a  number  of  drav/ings 

San  Francisco  Museun  of  Art 
Represented,  August  1935 

Also  exhibited  at: 

Los  Argeles  Museu'n,  Los  Angeles,  California 
Chicago  Art  Institute,  Chicago,  Illinois 
Dell  CJuest  Gallery,  Chicago,  Illinois 
Weyhe  Gallery,  Nev/  York  City 
Passedoit  Gallery,  New  York  City 
Conpagnie  des  Arts  Francais,  Paris,  France 
Galorio  Zak,  Paris,  France 


San  Francisco  Art  Association 

Honorable  Mention  for  "Nude"  (ebony),  May  1931 
Honorable  Mention  for  "Standing  Figure"  (bronze) 

February  1935 
Parilia  Purchase  Prize,  $400,  for  "Carita"  (head 
in  brass),  April  1937 


CLUBS; 


Menber: 

Art  Center 

San  Francisco  Art  Association 


109 


ADALII.E  KENT 
BIBLIi'GRAPKY 


San  Franc:. SCO  News 

October  24,  1919,  p.  5--April  3,  1937,  p.  15 

San  Francisco  Chronicle 

February  24,  1929,  p.  D5— February  12,  1933 
June  29,  1933,  p.  D5— April  4,  1937,  p.  D5 

San  Francisco  Examiner 

August  5,  1930--April  26,  1931,  p.  Ell 
October  25,  1931,  p.  E8— April  1,  1937,  p.  8 
April  4,  1937,  p.  E6 

San  Francisco  Call-Bulletin 
October  17,  1931,  p.  14 

Oakland  (California)  Tribune 

May  13,  1934— February  17,  1935 
October  6,  1935 

Berkeley  (California)  Courier 
February  29,  1936 

Argonaut,  San  Francisco 

May  19,  1928— June  9,  1930,  o.  13 

October  23,  1931— September  16,  1932,  p.  13 

May  25,  1934— August  16,  1935 

Art  Digest,  September  1935,  p.  11 


JANE        BERLANDINA 

1808 

Biography  and  '^Vorks 
"OLD   BAR   IN   MOKELUME"— AIJIADOR   COUNTY,    CALIFORNIA 


PROPERTY   OF   TKE  ARTIST 


110 


JANE  BERLANDINA 

EARi.Y  lif::  in  francs 

Jane  Berlandina,  one  of  the  two  daughters  of  Alfred 
and  Edith  Berlandina,  was  born  in  Nice,  France,  March  15,  1898. 

Of  a  wealthy  Catholic  family,  her  father  a  writer, 
and  an  aunt  on  her  fathnr's  side  a  painter  of  some  reputation, 
Jane  was  brought  up  in  the  strict,  conventional  tradition. 
Her  mother,  a  typical  Frenchwoman,  took  immense  pride  in  the 
perfect  management  of  her  house  and  her  family.  She  was, 
however,  as  was  customary  with  women  of  that  class,  totally 
dependent  upon  servants  to  perform  all  tas-:s  for  her.  And, 
as  a  Frenchwoman  of  quality,  she  lived  a  completely  sheltered 
life,  unaware  of  any  world  outside  the  restricted  one  in  which 
she  reigned  as  the  wife  of  a  distinguished  man  and  the  mother 
of  a  family. 

Her  two  daughters  were  reared  in  the  same  atmosphere, 
attending  the  proper  finishing  school  and  associating  only 
with  carefully  chosen  playmates.  Jane  discovered  the  delights 
of  drawing  at  the  age  of  three,  and  from  then  on  utilized  what- 
ever time  she  could  in  making  com-olicated  but  recognizable 
sketches  of  people. 

When  she  was  eight  years  old,  she  srjent  some  time 
away  from  home  visiting  relatives,  and  during  this  period  sent 


Ill 


long  letters,  copiously  illustrated  v/ith  scenes  and  figures, 
to  her  mother,  recording  th*?  cxcic^ng  incidents  of  her  stay. 

Intended  by  her  family  to  become  a  violinist  (and 
actually  sonethinr":  of  a  prodigy  with  that  instrument  at  the 
age  of  four)  ,  sh.?  v/as  not  encouraged  to  drai'',  since  it  took 
her  tine  and  distracted  her  attention  from  her  music.  How- 
ever, she  could  not  resist  the  temptation  of  pencil  and  paper 
and  continued  to  yield  to  it  whenever  possible. 

At  the  select  girls'  school  which  she  attended, 
her  sister  shone  as  a  brilliant  stu.dent  and  a  model  scholar, 
but  Jane's  interest  'vas  not  aroused  until  she  realized  that 
when  her  courses  there  were  finished,  she  would  be  permitted 
to  go  to  another  school.  Recognizing  her  opportunity,  she 
announced  firmly  that  she  wished  to  enter  the  Beaux  Arts 
National  School  in  Nice. 

Nov.'  there  are  many  art  schools  in  France,  but  only 
five,  highlj''  credited  co-educational  National  Schools, 
attendance  at  any  one  of  which  indicates  the  intention  of 
the  student  to  enter  upon  the  professional  or  semi-profes- 
sional life  of  an  artist.  Such  a  course  would  have  appeared 
highly  irregular  to  Jane's  family,  who  looked  uoon  her  deci- 
sion with  tolerant  amusement.  Finding,  however,  that  she 
refused  to  change  it,  her  father,  to  quiet  her,  jokingly 
agreed  that  if  she  could  equal  her  sister's  grades  at  gradu- 
ation, she  should  be  permitted  to  do  as  she  chose. 


112 


Jane  went  to  v;ork  vlth  renewed  determination  and 
passed  with  honors  in  science,  ohtaining  her  B.  A.  degree. 
The  family  adhered  to  their  pronise  and  her  life  as  an  art 
student  began, 

POST-WAR  CONDITIONS 

Shortly  thereafter,  hovjever,  circumstances  altered 
materially.  France  and  all  Europe  were  stricken  by  the  War, 
during  the  early  years  of  'vhich  her  father  died.  In  the  jum- 
bled war-time  economic  conditions,  monetary  returns  from  the 
Berlandina  holdin,S"s  'dwindled  steadily,  and  despite  the  fact 
that  her  sister  had  an  excellent  ^josltion  teaching  in  Paris, 
Jane  found  herself  faced  "/ith  the  nece='slty  of  contributing 
to  the  support  of  her  mother,  an  aging  gentlewoman  to  whom 
poverty  was  inconceivable. 

For  four  years  she  worked,  literally  from  morning 
to  night,  giving  violin  lessons  and  tutoring  in  every  sub- 
ject except  (whei'e  it  v/as  possible  to  avoid  it)  art,  which 
she  hated  to  do  because  bad  drawing  offended  her  so  deeply. 
Tired  as  she  was  in  the  evenings,  she  managed  to  continue 
her  ov/n  drawing,  hoping  that  when  "'hat  she  considered  the 
disgraceful  period  of  her  labor  was  over,  she  might  return 
to  art. 

When  she  began  to  realize  hov/  dependent  her  mother 
was  becoming  and  that  this  period  might  never,  end'',  "  she  set 
about  planning  her  escaoe  which  she  accomplished   in  this 


113 


raanner:  through  the  influence  of  old  friends  of  the  family  in 
Paris,  she  finally  succeeded  in  heving  her  sister  named  for 
the  school  in  Nice.  This  accomplished  and  her  mother  lorovid- 
ed  for,  she  felt  free  once  more  to  do  as  she  pleased. 

She  had  mana;_':ed  to  save  a  hundred  francs  (a  sum  of 
about  ten  dollars)  and  with  it  set  out  for  Paris  to  continue 
her  art  studies.  Here  she  took  a  small  room  which  she 
shared,  of  necessity,  with  a  girl  of  about  her  own  age  v;hose 
interests  were  wholly  unsympathetic  to  her  own  and  v/hose 
personality  was  far  from  congenial.  To  support  herself,  she 
continued  tutoring  and  giving  music  lessons  until  it  "became 
apparent  that  she  would  be  better  off  teaching  art. 

ART  IN  PARIS 

This  was  difficult,  but  Paris  is  a  light-hearted 
city  and  there  were  plenty  of  diversions  which  even  a  poor 
art  student,  with  a  little  economy  and  planning,  might  man- 
age. Besides  the  museums  and  galleries,  there  were  concerts 
and  plays  and  occasional  studio  parties,  and  young  Mile. 
Berlandlna  found  that  in  spite  of  the  necessary  struggle  for 
existence,  she  was  very  happy  in  her  v/ork  and  in  her  new 
freedom. 

She  entered  the  Ecole  National  des  Ar-ts  Decoratif 
and  during  the  next  few  years  was  fortunate  enough  to  study 
under  such  masters  as  the  great  Matisse,  and  Raoul  Dufy,  the 
latter' s  brilliance  and  delicacy  of  touch  being  still  appar- 
ent in  her  work. 


^«>«?f»9i(T 


114 


From  the  beginning,  she  was  fortunate  in  ma'King 
influential  fri.ends.  Air.org  her  drawing  students  was  one  in 
particular  whose  acquaintance  Included  a  great  taioestry  maker 
of  Paris.  Thus  recommended  to  him,  Jane  Berlandina  was  em- 
ployed to  mare  the  large  cartoon  designs  from  which  the 
tapestries  were  copied,  and  for  a  number  of  years  found  this 
pleasant  occuT>ation  a  reliable  source  of  income. 

At  twenty-four,  she  was  startled  to  realize  thcit 
every  oicture  which  she  had  submitted  had  been  accented  by 
the  Paris  Salon.  Moreover,  she  received  excellent  notices 
in  the  Paris  periodicals.  If  Paris  is  light-hearted  on  the 
surface,  it  is  also  warm-hearted  and  appreciative,  particu- 
larly of  its  artists.  Her  recognition  as  a  painter  by  the 
Salon  brought  other  recognition  as  well. 

Befriended  by  a  wealthy  French  v/oman  v^hora  she  had 
known  earlier  in  Nice,  she  v/as  commissioned  to  do  a  portrait 
for  her.  Delighted  with  the  work,  her  friend  secured  other 
commissions,  and  invited  Mile.  Berlandina  to  spend  some 
months  with  her  on  the  island  of  Capri  where  still  further 
commissions  awaited  her.  All  this  contributed  to  her  recog- 
nition in  the  world  of  art  and  brought  welcome  additions  to 
her  income. 

One  commission  in  particular  which  was  added  to  her 
already  extraordinary  prestige,  v;as  her  appointment  to  design 
and  decorate  the  large  Leagije  of  Nations  stand  for  the  Paris 


115 


International  Exposition  in  1925,  a  really  Important  achieve- 
ment for  an  artist  so  young. 

By  192S  ehe  h,".a  enout^h  rooney  to  establish  her  own 
studio.  It  was  an  en^-'rinous  draughty  place  which  was  cold, 
damp  and  inconvenient,  not  oven  bonsting  running  water  except 
in  the  courtyard  outside.  But  to  her  it  was  the  symbol  of 
her  arrival  as  an  independent  person  in  the  world  she  had  de- 
termined to  conquer. 

Her  interest  in  America  dates  from  the  beginning  of 
her  friendship  with  the  secretary  to  the  Director  of  the  Amer- 
ican University  Women's  Club  in  Paris.  'Vhcn  the  secretary 
herself  became  Director,  she  suggested  that  Mile.  Berlandina 
take  her  meals  at  the  Club,  spepJcing  French  with  the  women 
residents.  These  women  were  a  friendly,  interesting  group, 
and  as  their  French  improved,  so  did  Jane  Berlandina' s  E'.nglish 
and  knowledge  of  American  ways. 

Meanwhile,   her  v;ork  had  begun  to  sell  with  fair 
regularity,   and  in  1927  she  was  fortunate  enough  to  partici- 
pate in  a  show  at  the  Nouvelle  Essor,   the  only  other  exhibi- 
tors being  two  of  the  most  famous  French  women  artists  of  our 
day — Marie  Laurencin  and  Hermoine  Da^ld. 

AIvIERICA  AND  NEW  YCBX 
And  now  her  Am^erican  friendships  began  to  bear  tan- 
gible fruit.    One  member  of  the  American  University  Women's 
Club  vms  the  owner  of  a  very  small  and  select  girls'  finish- 
ing  school   in  Tarry town,   New  York.    At  her  urgenoe,  M^le. 


116 


Berlandlna  agreed  to  spend  a  year  there,   teaching  the  girls 
art,  literature  and  French. 

In  the  aiiuumn  of  l'^28  she  arrived  in  America  and 
was  at  once  enchanted  with  it,  with  the  school,  and  with  the 
arrangements  which  had  been  made  for  her.  Her  teaching  did 
not  require  a  great  deal  of  her  time,  and  she  found  that  she 
had  as  much  leisure  as  she  liked  for  her  painting.  Moreover, 
as  chaperone  for  the  girls  in  the  school,  she  not  only  spent 
long  hours  with  them  in  the  Metropolitan  Museum,  and  had  at 
her  disposal  for  the  use  of  herself  and  her  students,  a  box 
at  the  opera,  but  went  into  Mew  York  City  with  her  charges 
v;henever  a  new  ple.y  opened.  It  was  a  very  happy  time  for 
her,  and  she  enjoyed  the  teaching  as  much  as  she  enjoyed  be- 
ing in  America,  recounting  with  some  pride  that  of  her  twelve 
students,  not  one  failed  to  pass  with  excellent  narks  at  the 
end  of  the  term. 

Other  Anierican  friends  v.'ho  had  known  her  in  Paris 
now  saw  to  it  that  she  was  presented  to  those  people  wield- 
ing influence  in  Eastern  art  circles.  At  one  dirjaer  which 
had  been  carefully  arranged  for  this  purpose,  she  was  intro- 
duced to  one  of  the  directors  of  the  famous  Knoedler  Galler- 
ies and  spoke  with  him  at  some  length  on  the  possibilities 
of  showing  her  works  there. 

The  following  morning  he  telephoned  her  to  say 
that  he  had  been  considering  their  conversation  carefully, 
and  was  of  the  opinion  that  she  should  attempt  to  see  Joseph 


117 


BrumiTier.  Sonewhat  embarr^soed ,  r'.nd  uncertain  as  to  the  rr.o- 
tives  underlying  this  nh^n^e  of  front,  she  argued  that  she 
would  really  pref.^r  a  s;io-v»'  at  Knoec.ler's.  But  the  director 
was  firm.   She  shrjuld  see  Br'urnr.er  first. 

Jane  Be^landina  felt  much  as  Daniel  felt  on  "being 
cast  into  the  den  of  lions.  She  must  confront  Joseph  Brummer, 
adviser  to  the  Metropolitan  "useurn,  the  man  \'/hose  unsuTjport- 
ed  word  could  na'ze  or  brea?^  the  most  promising  art  career, 
and  the  man  whom,  she  linew  had  never  given  a  show  to  a  v/oman 
with  the  single  exception  of  Hermoine  David.  This  tine  she 
felt  th^t  no  amount  of  good  fortune  could  save  her.  She 
must  depend  on  a  single  man's  judgment  of  the  merit  of  her 
work. 

THE  BRangR  e:<hibition 

Gathering  together  a  portfolio  of  unmounted  v;ater 
colors,  nhe  took  the  first  or>oortunity  of  calling  on  him.  at 
his  gallery  in  Nev;  Yori:.  She  had  considerable  difficulty  In 
reaching  him.  'Vhen  s]:e  succeeded,  he  was  very  busy.  '.Vould 
she  lesve  her  work?  Tongue-tied  with  terror,  she  shook  her 
head.  But  he  wanted  to  see  it.  She  took  her  courage  in 
her  two  hands  and  replied  that  she  would  leave  it  and 
com.e  back,  provided  he  would  oromise  not  to  look  until  she 
returned.  Ferhaos  that  was  the  best  th?^t  could  be  done,  and 
with  his  oromise  she  deoarted. 

When  she  returned  after  six  o'clock,  the  gallery 
was  closed,  but  Brunmer  hnd  waited  for  her.  She  was  taken 
to  his  office  and  brusquely  told  to  soread  her  watercolors 


118 


on  the  floor.  Silently  she  cc.iiplied.  In  eoual  silence, 
Brummer  stared  at  them  fcr  "/hr.t  ser'ir.ed  an  interminable  peri- 
od. Then,  startlivigly ,  bis  abruiot  voice  broke  the  stillness; 

"When  do  you  vant  the  shov/? " 

That  i'.'a3  in  February.  In  March  1929  her  first 
American  shov  was  held  In  the  Joseph  Prunner  G-allery,  and 
twenty-eight  of  the  thirty-t^'o  pictures  exhibited  v/ere  sold. 
Brumroer  assured  her  benignly  that  her  name  was  made.  She 
need  v;orry  no  ^riore. 

^'/hatever  the  artistic  iimort  of  his  statement, 
Jane  ^,erlandina' s  finances  had  taken  a  definite  step  up,  for 
he  was  no  ordinary  art  dealer,  his  hobby  being  merely  to 
give  four,  and  only  four,  good  shows  a  year,  charging  the 
exhibiting  artists  no  com.'nission  whatever  on  sales. 

It  was  about  this  time  that  she  met  Henry  Temple 
Howard  (son  of  the  Californ:^a  architect,  John  Galen  Hovfard)  , 

then  practicing  architecture  in  New  York  G:ty.    They  becane 

so  well  acquainted  that,   when  the  tine  came  for  her   return 

to  France,   they  r-arted  v;ith  the  avovred  purpose   of  meeting 

again  as  soon  as  Dossible. 

FRANCE  AND  T.IARRIAGE 
Her  school  tern  in  Tarrytown  ended,   she  returned 
to  France,  and  within  a  few  months  he  followed  her  to  Paris. 
In  August  1929   to  escape   the  stiff   and  rather  long  drawn- 
out  formalities  of  a  French  family  wedding,   they  made  their 


119 


own  plans,  travelling   to  DaJ.matia  where  they  were  quietly 
married.   Shortly  thereafrer  Thoy  returned  to  New  York. 

In  1930  sr.e  bsld  her  second  successful  show  at 
Brummer's,  this  tine  exhibiting  oils  instead  of  watercolors. 
In  the  same  year  she  exhibited  at  the  Museum  of  Modern  Art 
in  a  Joint  show  with  forty-five  artists  under  thirty-five 
years  of  age.  It  was  here  that  her  large  oil,  "Market  in 
Nice, "  occupied  the  olace  of  honor--the  same  canvas  which,  in 
1933,  was  re.jected  by  the  San  Francisco  Society  of  y/oiT.cn 
Artists. 

In  1931  John  Galen  Howard  died  suddenly,  and  Henry 
Howard  and  his  wife  cnjne  West  to  San  Francisco  to  be  near  the 
elder  Mrs.  Howard.  Jane  Berlandina  found  her  mother-in-lav; 
to  be  a  woman  of  fine  discrimination  and  intelligence  in 
matters  of  art  as  well  aG  being  the  i-^ossessor  of  a  comolete- 
ly  charming  oorsonality,  and  the  two  rapidly  developed  a 
firm  friendship. 

SAN  FRANCISCO  EXHIBITIONS 
A  new  artist  had  come  to  California,  bringing  with 
her  laurels  already  numerous  for  so  young  a  head  and  the 
promise  of  adding  much  to  San  Francisco's  firmly  established 
reputation  as  an  international  art  center.  And  San  Francis- 
co's Call-Bulletin  for  April  30,  1952,  noted  that  she  had 
held  her  second  Joint  exhibition  with  I'!arie  L'-^urencin  and 
Hermoine  David  in  May  of  1931  at  the  Jacouart  Gallery  in 
Paris. 


120 


The  (New  YorK)  Art  wev.'s   for  March  19,  1932,   com- 
mented: 

"At  the  iiew  little  passerloit  Gallery  In  East 
Sixteenth  5':rof:t  recenb  paintings  by  that 
lively  }"-arisic,n-5=='-i  Francisco  artist,  Jane 
Berlandlnp..,  ars  to  be  seen.  Mme.  Perlandina 
is  best  knovn  here  for  her  spontaneously 
evolved  rriover  and  figure  pieces  done  in 
aquarell3,  ivj/r.  she  has  not  been  content  ac- 
cording to  tbe  present  demonstration,  to  re- 
main within  the  limits  of  her  v/ater  coloring, 
for  she  has  taken  to  v;orking  in  heavy  imoasto 
that  tends  to  damr)en  her  style  to  a  consider- 
able degree.  She  has  made  some  headway  with 
the  more  refractory  oils,  and  there  are  many 
passages  that  show  the  typical  Berlandina 
fire  and  thrust.  But  as  yet  I  feel  that  she 
is  at  her  best  in  the  lighter  medium,  as  ex- 
emolifled  in  the  clever  and  often  audaciously 
planned  glimoses  of  flowers  and  fruits  that 
at  their  best  have  a  sort  of  Redonesaue  bloom 
to  them. " 

The  San  Francisco  Chronicle   for  Llay  1,  1932,   an- 
nounced: 

"Jane  Berlandina,  a  Fronch  artist  now  a  resi- 
dent of  San  Francisco,  will  reveal  versatile 
examples  of  her  talent  in  an  exhibit  at  the 
Galerie  Beaux  Arts  beginning  Thursday ....  Her 
media  are  oils,  watercolors,  and  temoera,  and 
her  subjects  portraits,  landscapes,  and  deco- 
rative compositions  of  flowers  and  fresco. 

"Her  frescoes  and  taoestries  are  well-known  in 
her  native  country.  Since  her  arrival  in  the 
United  States  three  years  ago,  she  has  won  a 
high  position  in  Nexv  York  art  circles.  On  in- 
vitation, she  is  at  present  exhibiting  a  mural 
decoration  in  the  Now  York  Museum  of  Modern 
Art .  " 

Nadia  Lavrova,  in  her  art  column  for  the  San  Fran- 
cisco Examiner,  May  1,  1932,  has  more  to  say: 


121 


"Art  is  a  life  r.tudy  and  a  life-time  nassion 
with  Jane  Berlancina-- Kie  /rench  artist  recent- 
ly transplanted  to  San  Francisco  and  living  in 
a  story-book  r.ou.r.e  ovoriooking  the  Bay. 

"Those  who  viiii  visit  this  artist's  exhibition 
of  her  oi:.  and  wate:-  color  paintings  to  be  held 
at  the  Galeric  Btaux  Arts,  beginning  Thursday, 
will  discover  t:iat  she  works  in  the  tradition 
of  the  Pa,--i?  School.  The  emphasis  olaced  on 
normal  valu-};-:;  ,  the  scientific  conpordtion,  the 
kinship  of  her  v-'ork  to  that  of  Raoul  Dufy  and 
Dunoyer  de  Scgunzac,  soeak  for  this.  Her  in- 
dividuality expresses  itself  in  the  denth  of 
feeling  and  the  poetic  charm  with  which  she  en- 
dows her  work.  This  quality  of  beauty  It  most 
a.pparent  in  her  water  colors. 

"The  emotion  which  Mile.  Berlandina  puts  into 
her  paintings  is  temoered  and  restrained  by 
Gallic  logic  since  a  critic  said  hanpily  and 
she  has  "a  highly  sophisticated  technique  and 
a  naive  enthusiasm. '  She  has  kent  a  freshness 
of  outlook  despite  the  arduous  training  in 
classical  drawing  and  other  disciplines  to 
which  the  students  of  art  schools  in  France  are 
subjected. 

"Among  the  ^atcr  colors  many  were  inspired  by 
the  streets  of  San  Francisco,  by  California 
flowers.  Others  are  of  France.  She  can  create 
the  atiTiosohere  of  a  Hontraartre  cafe  or  a  square 
in  Nice  with  a  few  eloquent  lines  and  a  clever 
placing  of  color,  which  she  does  charily. 

"Her  oil  -Paintings  are  bathed  in  light.  Mile. 
Berlandinpi  confesses  that  she  works  hard  to 
achieve  luminosity.  She  is  fond  of  a  certain 
golden  yellovr.  .  . . 

"A  fresco  of  Mile.  Berlandina  is  now  exhibited 
by  invitation  at  the  Museum  of  Kodern  Art  in 
New  York,  -^here  she  has  already  held  several 
one-man  shows.  Her  \''ork  has  also  bei.n  reoeat- 
edly  shown  in  Paris. " 

MURAL  DECORATIONS 

The  New  York  Show  mentioned  ^"lere   is   interesting 

in  that   it  indicates   a  new  trend  in  the  art  oolicy  of  the 


122 


United  States,   as  shov/n  in  the  San  Francisco  Wn.op-Nervs  Let- 
ter for  May  14,  193?  - 

"Murals  oy  fc/ty-:iiiie  Ar.erican  painters  and 
photograTy/.er  3  v.ie  s'')ov.'n  in  the  exhibition 
which  ox)(:\\e-l  ^he  new  quari;ers  of  the  MTjaeum 
of  Modern  Art  a'l.  .;  1  '.Vifit  53rd  Street,  Nev;  York. 
The  exhib?.  tion.  which  has  been  In  r)reDaration 
for  scver;.:l  rionths,  has  attracted  advance  com- 
ment thi'uugho";'i;  the  country  because  of  the  in- 
creasiiie;  l^r;;crest  in  mural  decoration.  It 
comes  at  a  tlr.se  vrhen  there  is  wide-soread  dis- 
cussioji  of  tne  problem  of  who  is  to  do  the  mu- 
rals of  the  nation's  great  buildings. .. .Jane 
Berlandina  has  a  California  -oanel  in  tris  show- 
ing. '* 

This  oanel  was  executed  in  temnera  on  masonite,  the 
second  of  three  connrising  her  mural  painting  of  a  T:)hase  of 
the  post-war  v/orld  and  entitled  "Radio  Music,"  "Radio  Public- 
ity," and  "Radio  Fe-."3." 

Beatrice  Judcl  Ryan,   in  the   Women's  City  ilagazine 

for  May  1932,   gives  an  interesting  summary   of  the  new  star 

on  California's  art  horizon: 

"Jane  Berlandina  has  recently  come  to  Calif 3r- 
nia  to  live  bringing  with  her  an  added  note  of 
individuality  and  color  to  the  art  'vorld  of 
San  Francisco.  A  French  woman  by  birth  and 
education,  she  has  developed  naturally  v/ith  the 
French  movement  .in  oaintlng,  associated  with 
I'Ecole  de  Paris,  her  viewpoint  may  be  likened 
more  to  that  of  Matisse,  Dufy,  Deraln,  Dunoyer 
de  Segonzac  than  of  those  that  make  up  the 
Sur-realist  group.  In  other  words,  she  is  in- 
fluenced by  the  plastic  tradition  as  develOTDcd 
in  turn  by  the  Impressionists,  the  Fauves,  the 
Cubists,  rather  than  by  the  intellectual  side 
which  developed  through  the  teaching  of  Freud 
that  has  assumed  such  imr)ortance  in  the  work 
of  Cocteau  and  Chirico.  For  a  long  oeriod 
this  tnlented  artist  was  interested  in  cubism 
and  she  feels   that  her  study   and  develoioment 


123 


in  this  manner  have  groatly  enriched  ,9nd  sta- 
bilized her  Dalntj  n^'s,  adding  to  it  an  unerr- 
ing sense  of  Gon;r.-oslti3n. 

"....She  etudicd  fre.ico  under  the  v/ell-known 
tjainter  Bc;id':;ii:,  and  oxeouted  frescoes  in  Nice. 
Her  desigi'-i  loi-  ta-postries  have  been  developed 
by  Fi'ench  :nanutactursrs  .  .  .  .  '' 

In  this  s--^/r,t^  month,  Mile.  Berlandina  gave  a  lecture 
at  the  Galerie  Beaux  Arts  on  the  "Evolution  of  !Todern  French 
Art,"  tracing  its  developrPient  through  impressionsim,  cubism, 
surrealism  and  the  various  other  schools  which  had  swept 
France  in  -oa-rticular  during  the  nast  sever; J  decades. 

That  July,  she  exhibited  her  "View  from  my  Window," 
vase  and  flowers  with  a  modern  view  of  San  Francisco  and  the 
Bay  beyond.  This  was  shovm  at  Director  Lloyd  Rollins'  inno- 
vation of  a  Summer  Annual  of  oils  by  California  artists  at 
the  California  Palace  of  the  Legion  of  Honor — a  very  success- 
ful show  according  to  the  San  Francisco  neriodicals.  How- 
ever, when  the  oict^ires  of  the  Northern  California  artists 
were  hung  in  Los  Angeles  in  the  fall,  localism  rear'ed  its 
head,  and  Jane  Berlandina  was  one  of  those  who  bore  the  brunt 
of  Arthur  Millier's  caustic  wit  in  the  Los  Angeles  Times  for 
October  2,  1932: 

"If  the  thirty-six  paintings  by  as  many  San 
Francisco  artists,  on  view  at  the  Los  Angeles 
Museum  until  October  ol  really  represent  the 
north's  best,  the  vigorous  experimentation  of 
five  years  ago  is  In  abeyance  while  artists  at 
this  "end  of  the  State  gleefully  strides  out  on 
new  paths. 

"It  is  a  pity  that  the  group  of  Southern  Cali- 
fornia paintings  which  was  exhibited  with  this 


124 


Northern  selectjon  in  the  xirst  annual  exhibit 
of  its  kind  arrai'jsJ  ty  Lloyd  Rollins  in  the 
California  Palace  of  ^ne  legion  of  Honor,  oould 
not  have  oeen  joen  hert.  It  would  have  afford- 
ed direct  oppor;;r.r j.t/  fo^-"  comparisons.  But  as 
most  of  thosc:  '-so-.-.trsm  "olc-jures  viere  originally 
selected  frcTi  our  museuru's  soring  sho'v,  we 
should  xiave  been  seeing  them  t-^ice.  Mso  Los 
Angeles  llusou.- 's  reduced  budget  is  claimed  to 
make  the  hanging  of  exhibitions  a  difficult 
p  rob  1  err!. 

"Tne  naturalism  of  William  Ritchel  and  Arthur 
Hill  G-ilbort  is  far  m.ore  revarding  than  an  im- 
itation of  f,iatisse  such  as  'From  my  V/indo-"'  by 
Berlandina  Ho'vard,  " 

The  Howard's  only  child,  a  son  n^med  David  ^crlan- 
dina  Hovprd,  vps  born  in  1932,  an!  once  the  immediate  require- 
ments of  mater-nity  had  been  comolied  with,  Jane  Berlandina 
threw  herself  baci-  into  her  work  with  ch.-^rcacteristic  energy. 

The  center  panel  of  her  stritcirg  mural,  "Radio 
Publicity,"  enlarged  and  executed  o^  rressvood  in  te':^.pera, 
was  again  exhibited  ivlth  the  collection  from  We^"  York's  Mu- 
seum of  Modern  Art  vmen  it  vp.s  shovm  at  the  California  Pal- 
ace of  the  Legion  of  Honor  early  in  T"'5Z.  With  the  opening 
of  the  soring  sem^ester  of  the  Univ,.rsity  of  California  in 
that  year,  she  becam^e  one  of  their  lecturers  on  modern  French 
art. 

And  in  spite  of  family  duties  and  outride  activi- 
ties, she  still  found  time  to  continue  steadily  with  her  own 
work--so  well,  in  fact,  th,'- 1  in  the  fall  of  the  year  she  was 
awarded   new  honors,   albeit  her  right   to  those  honors  were 


125 


viewed  In  differo-nt  lightn.  Witiies^  the  San  Franoisco  Chron- 
icle for  November  26,  193<?,  on  the  Worcen  Artists'  show: 

"There  ip  r."-ery  '.clrd  of  psinting  in  the  Eighth 
Annual  E7"ii^ic  of  the  San  Francisco  Society  of 
Women  Art  lb  v.,^  at  the  California  Palace  of  the 
Legion  of  Honor, 

"Some  of  it  is  fine,  some  poor,  some  clever, 
and  some  orade-  Since  ao  much  of  it  is  so  good 
and  since  nearly  all  of  it  is  enlivened  by  a 
keen  impiilco  for  self-expression,  the  show  as- 
sumes a  large  and  varied  interest  for  the  pub- 
lic. It  contains  also  sculpture,  prints  and 
drawings . 

"The  crudity  of  a  portion  of  the  work  in  any 
contemporary  exhibition  raises  intere'.iting  re- 
flection. There  was  a  time  when  things  r^ere 
so  painted  to  the  life — at  least  according  to 
academic  formula — that  any  observer  could  lay 
his  hand  precisely  on  incompetence  to  blame  it 
for  what  it  was  worth.  3y  modern  standards, 
however,  the  crudest  things  in  a  show  may  well 
be  the  best. 

"V/ho  knov/s?  Difference  of  opinion  is  what 
mak:es  horse  races.  Horse  races,  in  the  fine 
arts,  are  now-a-days  run  in  so  many  diverse 
directions  from  so  many  starting  points  that 
they  create  great  dlff oi»«e^i^:aof  opinion. 

"All  of  which  can  be  preface  to  the  fact  that 
these  are  two  ways  of  regarding  the  Judges' 
choice  of  Jane  Berlandina's  'Still-Life'  for 
the  first  prize  of  #100. 

"Conservative  taste  will  find  fault  with  the 
unromantic  wood-block  stiffness  of  Miss  Ber- 
landina's picturization  of  a  lovely  plant. 
But  the  modern  spirit  may  take  joy  in  her 
urges  and  in  tho  fresh  brightness  of  her  col- 
a^»  Miss  Berlandina  contributes  to  the  show 
two  other  bold  works,  a  nude  done  in  an  over- 
ripe Renoir  teclmlque,  and  a  curious  view  of 
figures  in  a  French  market  place. 


126 


nSW  YORK  no;/-^2N7S 

In.  contraf^t   to  thlT  flinprncy,   see  the  Art  News, 

December  36,  193c,  -.vhich  Btatos  I>ie\7  York's  judgment   of  Jane 

Berlandlna' s  exhioition   of  many   of  those  sane  works  in  the 

Georgette  Passedoit  Gallerj : 

"A  pupil  of  Dufy,  Jano  Berlandlna  is  an  Ameri- 
can artist  of  French  "background.  Her  former 
oils,  exhibited  at  3rummer's,  v/ere  done  in 
rich  irapasto,  effective,  but  certainly  not  of 
the  same  merit  that  her  present  style  possess- 
es. Ker  technique  has  changed  to  one  of  smooth 
surfaces,  ^^.'hich  are  delightful  to  both  the 
touch  and  the  eye.  Among  the  oils,  'Nude  with 
Hat'  is  especially  attractive.  The  brush 
strokes  and  heavy  outline  of  the  figure  are 
very  unlike  the  technique  of  Renrir,  but  the 
spirit  underlying  the  innocent  nrkedness  and 
animal  passivity  of  the  face  Bhov;s  close  con- 
tact with  the  French  master.  -Prune  Pickers' 
and  'Cabbage  Patch'  have  distinct  charm  of  de- 
sign and  color.  The  latter  in  particular,  has 
a  certain  fairy-tale  character  and  one  almost 
expects  Poter  Rabbit  of  nursery  fame  to  bounce 
abruptly  out  ci  the  story-bock  patches. 

"The  watercolors  ar'3  evidently  the  field  in 
which  the  artist  concentrates  her  greatest  at- 
tention. In  the  flo\"er  subjects  delicacy  of 
color  alternates  with  more  vigorous  handling. 
The  landscape  ' Olima  California'  is  one  of  the 
best.  It  is  extremely  simple  bvit  tender  in  its 
treatment — merely  a  patch  of  blue  sea  surround- 
ing a  peninsular  bit  of  land.  A  little  patch 
trickling  around  with  v/ind-blov,'n  trees  savors 
of  the  'once  upon  a  time'  and  bespeaks  warmth 
and  spirit  in  an  unusual  artistic  personality." 

Parnassus,  another  New  York  art  magazine,  dispenses 

with  whimsy  but  upholds  the  favorable  tenor  of  the  Art  News' 

comments  in  its  issue  for  January  1934: 

"A  very  personal  and  lovely  talent  has  covc'red 
the  walls  of  an  underground  gallery  which  is 
worth  one's  time  to  go  exploring  for.  Georgette 
Passedoit  has  hung  the  basement  of  485  Madison 


127 


Avenue  ivith  recent  vater  colors  and  oils  by 
Jane  Berlandina,  '.v'-^osc  vvork,  shown  at  the 
Bruminer  G-al^.ery  a  i  w "  yeurs  ago,  will  be  re- 
membered. Gil;;  are  r,  nev  medium  for  trie  art- 
ist, but  -_n  i.e^f  ra.l  c-  thoc;e  here:  'Nude  vith 
Basket, '■  .r  rur.e  i  ick'jrb  cX'id  The  Cabbage  Patch,' 
she  show.'-,  ^  i.i'^. "Luring  talent  which  juBtlflea 
the  glowiiig  oredictlon  made  at  the  time  of  the 
Brummer  '..chlbitlon .  In  her  water  colors  there 
is  taste  and  cliarm,  ta.ste  v^hich  never  descends 
to  prettiVier-.  5,  and  charm  which  is  by  no  means 
a  har^py  r.,ce-,.cont .  A  kind  of  gay  -orofundity 
they  have.  "/'uch  I  suppose  can  be  set  down  to 
her  G-alli3  mture.  Miss  Perlandina  is  a  French 
women  who  has  recently  married  an  Anerican.  In 
the  I"Iodern  Museum's  Sixteen  Cities  Exhibition, 
a  canvas  of  hers  appears  in  the  San  Francisco 
group.  The  subject,  'Prune  Pickers,'  is  treated 
again  in  the  Passedoit  showing  in  a  r)icture 
which  is  better  realized  and  shows  her  rhythjnic 
sense,  and  her  ability  to  create  a  fine  texture, 
to  better  advantage. " 

As  indicated  in  the  above  notice,  Mile.  Berlandina 
was  one  of  the  artists  reoresented  in  the  Modern  Art  Museum's 
"Exhibition  From  Sixteen  Cities"  in  New  York,  in  the  late 
fall  of  1933,  only  six  of  whom  from  San  Francisco  v/ere  in- 
vited to  Darticipate. 

In  the  spring  of  1934  her  activitie=^  increased  to 
include  the  giving  of  a  course  on  Modern  French  Painting  un- 
der  the  auspices   of  the   University  of  California  Extension 
Division  at  740  Powell  Street  In  San  Franciaoo. 
CQIT  TOWER  DECORATIONS 

Also,  she  had  been  chosen  as  one  of  the  San  Fran- 
cisco artists  to  contribute  a  mural  in  the  Colt  Tower  for 
P.W.A.P.*  and  allotted  the  little  room  constituting  an  entrance 
lobby   to  the   circular  winding  staircase   leading  to  the  top. 

♦Public  Works  of  Art  Project. 


128 


Permitted  to  use  for  subject  rp^tter  any  phase  of  the  contem- 
porary scene  in  Ami^rlca,  shv;  chose  "Family  Life,"  and  went 
to  work  in  egg  ter.-era.  a  raodium  which  one  of  her  old  In- 
structors, Raoul  Duiy,  also  favored. 

On  April  8,  1934,   in  the   San  Francisco  Examiner, 
Ada  Hani  fin  renev/ed  her  current  local  show  as  follov/s: 

"Whether  a  still-life  with  spring  flowers,  a 
landscape  of  Telegraph  Hill,  or  a  scene  in 
Nice — 'The  Market' — her  paintings  dance  and 
sing  with  living  color,  form  and  marvelous  vi- 
tality. There  Is  nothing  about  her  work  that 
suggests  the  stereotype  and  commonplace.  ^t 
Is  because  the  artist  has  the  wit  to  be  orig- 
inal, and  the  gift  to  be  resourceful. 

"Incidently,  one  might  note  here  that  Jane 
Berlandina  (Mrs.  Henry  Howard)  was  the  only  wo- 
man painter  from  this  region  to  be  represented 
In  the  recent  exhibit  of  art  from  sixteen  Amer- 
ican cities  at  the  Nevi  York  Museum  of  Modern 
Art. 

"Her  attractive  gaiety  and  spontaneity,  her 
sensuous  beauty  in  color  and  form,  r>re  restrain- 
ed with  fine  intelligence.  Always  there  is  a 
unification  betv;een  form  and  color:  always  her 
spontaneity  is  born  of  sureness. 

"'Still  Life — Paris'  shows  a  precise  and  deli- 
cate relationship  between  color  and  form,  and 
a  fine  feeling  for  texture.   Note  the  bov/1. 

"There  is  a  delightful  piece  of  whimsy  in  the 
water  color  of  the  flowers  in  a  blue  vase  on 
which  she  has  spontaneously  drawn  a  little  red 
house  or  two.  It  is  beautifully  and  delicate- 
ly painted.  There  are  humor  and  movement  in 
her  'Carnival  at  Nice,'  rich  color  in  'Nastur- 
tiums in  a  Blue  Vase,'  and  'Spring  Flowers.' 
'Telegraph  Hill'  is  especially  interesting  for 
its  composition.  Notable  also  are  'fly  Studio' 
and  the  charming  landscape  of  'Tiburon. ' 


129 


The   San  Fr-^nclsco  Chronicle   for  Aoril  15,  was  e- 

qually  enthusiastic  rcf™firdlng:  tMs  show: 

"A  remarkr'''.\i  &  show  at  the  Adar.:s-Danysh  Gal- 
leries is  'i.hat  of  j'ane  Berlandina's  watercol- 
ors. 

"Miss  Berlandinr,' s  colors  soarkle  with  oerson- 
ality.  In  her  flo-.ver  Daintings  they  arc  prod- 
ucts of  an  original  fancy  as  v;ell  as  of  nature. 
Their  richness  of  quality  and  variety  is  en- 
hanced by  the  deft  sophistication  v;ith  v;hich 
they  sketch  a  subject  into  free  modern  design. 

"Landsca'oes,  also,  by  this  French-Anerican 
artist,  are  delicate,  vivacious  and  crireless 
of  orthodoxy.  When  the  charm  of  Miss  Ber- 
landina's  style  is  so  well-composed  as  her 
'House  on  the  Hill,'  the  result  is  a  scene  in 
which  freshness  is  given  a  sustained  expressive 
value.  " 

Glenn  Wessels,  himself  an  artist,  evpluates  Jane 
Berlandina  in  a  somewhat  more  technical  manner  in  the  Argo- 
naut, April  20,  1934: 

"Jane  Berlandina  Howard  is  one  of  the  busiest 
and  certainly  one  of  the  most  successful  of 
women  artists.  Winner  of  first  prize  in  this 
year's  Annual  Exhibition  of  Women  Artists, 
chosen  as  the  only  'voman  painter  from  this 
section  to  be  represented  in  the  Exhibit  of 
Art  from  Sixteen  American  Cities  of  the  New 
York  Museum  of  Modern  Art,  and  winning  critics' 
plaudits  for  her  'Prune  Packers,  '  in  that  show. 
She  then  exhibited  at  the  Art's  Club  in  Chicago 
and  then  her  'Market  in  Nice'  was  chosen  by 
artists'  vote  to  be  represented  in  the  Oakland 
post-Annual  Exhibit.  Among  numerous  other  ac- 
tivities she  has  completed  a  series  of  gouache 
water  colors  for  the  present  show  at  the  Adams- 
Danysh  Galleries. 

"These  paintings  are  in  the  true  lyric  spirit. 
Their  drawing  is  bold  and  flexible  arabesque, 
which  goes  its  own  way  and  lives  its  own  life. 
There  is  an  almost  acrobatic  dexterity  remin- 
iscent of  her  master  Dufy,  and  a  straightfor- 
ward expression  familiar  in  Matisse.   This 


-or,   . 


150 


light,  subtle  yet  brilH  iant  talent  finds  r>.n 
ideal  mediun  in  t^icre  v/atercolors  of  varying 
subjects.  One  v/o'iders  at  the  stern  discipline 
which'  has  prt-ii.;erved  spontaneous  freshness,  del- 
icacy, rtnc".  .'il.ao'-t  no.iv-'e  \'ision;  and  yet  dictated 
the  inevitable  position  and  quality  of  each 
line  and  sp^tv  This  is  the  most  intimate  mas- 
tery of  the  nediv.n. " 

When  the  nethod  of  her  mur.'^l  painting  in  the  Coit 
Tower  came  to  light,  the  newspcapers  leaped  eagerly  at  the 
opportunity  for  a  bit  of  badinage,  particularly  the  San  Fran- 
cisco Examiner  v/hich,   on  April  13,  1954,  gleefully  caroled: 

"ECtGS  for  paint,  no  YOLKIII&. 
DON'T  THROW  TK052  EGGS,  STaAJlG-ER.  " 

"The  footlight  plea  of  old-time  actors  menaced 
by  disgruntled  spectators,  took  on  a  new  slant 
today. 

"They  used  to  egg  the  artists.  Nov/  the  artists 
are  using  the  eggs — to  paint  v;ith. 

"And  the  biggest  omelet  in  tovm  is  smeared  over 
the  walls  in  an  upper  room  in  the  Coit  Memorial 
Tower,  whore  Jane  Borlpndina,  noted  San  Fran- 
cisco artist,  is  mixing  hundreds  of  eggs — whole 
crates  full — in  a  striking  fresco  depicting 
home  life. 

"It's  called  'Egg  Tempera.' 

"The  yellow  yolks,  rich  with  albumen,  are 
v/hipped  with  pure  paint  pigment  and  brushed 
over  plaster,  leaving  an  Indelible  coloring 
that,  it  is  said,  v^ill  last  hundreds  of 
years. 

"The  'Home  Life'  room  includes  a  bridge  f':ur- 
some  with  highball  glasses  on  the  table,  cig- 
aret  smoke  curling  from  one  of  the  feminine 
player's  fingers — and  even  a  Kibitzer  purring 
over  their  shoulders." 

Owing   to  the   conservative   choice   she  had  made, 

Bcrlandina' s  name  was  not  dragged  into  the  battle   over  the 


151 


Colt  Tower  murnls   despito  the  fret  that  she  had  considerably 

raodornizod  the   convontionrl  conception  of  the  American  Hone. 

But,   "v;hon  the  tumult  and  the  shouting  died"  and 

the  Tower  was  finally  opened  to  visitors   in  the  fall,  the 

critics  v/ere  not  particularly  kindly.   Junius  Cravens,   in 

the  San  Francisco  Novs,  October  20,  somewhat  acridly  remarked: 

"Liany  visitors  arlmire  the  four  panels  in  the 
elevator  foyer  because  they  are  'more  like 
pictures.'  They  smile  at  Labaudt's  staircase 
wall  because  it  is  a  'cute  idea.'  The  second 
floor  corridor  pleases  them  because  it  is  dec- 
orative, and  not  burdened  with  a  message.  Bt:t 
I  observe  that  they  generally  like  best  the 
little  room  on  the  second  floor — the  one  dec- 
orated by  Jane  Berlandina — probably  because  it 
is  so  lacking  in  imagination  that  it  requires 
jaone  to  be  understood.  Most  people  a^jpoar  to 
think,  hov;over,  that  the  Berlandina  paintings 
are  unfinished,  in  fact,  barely  begun." 

MURAL  TSCHNIQ.UE 

What  he  does  not  nrte  clear  is  that  she  has  used 
not  only  an  unf.amiliar  medium,  but  applied  it  v/lth  rn  unfa- 
mllar  technique,  the  one  of  ^-'hich  her  old  instructor,  Raoul 
Dufy,  was  probably  the  first  recognized  modern  master.  This 
technique  consists  of  applying  the  color  in  unoutlined  forms 
and  overlaying  those  rather  nebulous  forms  with  brilliant, 
concise  outlines  of  ivhite.  Thus  the  eye  picks  up  bits  of 
pattern  and  design  piecemeal,  with  the  necessity  of  putting 
it  together  in  the  mind,  rather  than  b^g  able  to  catch  at 
a  glance  the  composition  of  the  decorative  scheme. 

During  the  magnificent   ^5,000,000   show  of  the 
v/orks  of  Vincent  Van  G-ogh  at  the  California  Palace  of  the 


132 


Legion  cf  Honor  at  this  time,  iTane  Be}-landina  wc.s  ono  of  the 

group  of  dlstlnp'ulshod.  folk  v/ho  had  been  brought  together 

by  Dr.  Walter  Hoil  to  lecture  during  the  course  of  the  exhi- 
bition. 

E\^?0.?'^']M  SKETCHING  TRIP 

As  soon  H.s  her  'vork  in  the  Coit  Tower  v;an  finished 
Jane  Berlandina  Hov/ard  departed  for  the  Continent  to  visit 
her  family.  Together  they  spent  the  summer  in  Italy,  where 
she  set  about  busily  painting  the  Mediterranean  scenes  v;hich 
had  been  so  familiar  to  her  during  her  childJiood. 

She  had  been  back  in  San  Francisco  only  ten  days 
when  she  dccidec'.  to  visit  Yosoraite  National  Park,  Deeply 
impressed  by  the  combination  of  the  tremendous  scale  of  the 
cliffs  and  the  vivid  autumn  coloring,  she  iremained  until  she 
had  completed  five  studies  which  v/ere  later  exhibited  in 
dov/ntown  galleries  in  San  Francisco.  So  completely  enchant- 
ed v/as  she  by  the  grande-Tlr  and  beauty  of  the  Valley  that  she 
determined  to  study  and  interpret  it  in  its  four  different 
seasonal  phases. 

Sometime  during  1934  her  much  publicized  picture 
"The  Prune  Pickers,"  a  large  oil  ori  gesso,  v/as  purchased  by 
Albert  M,  Bender,  noted  San  Fr;incisco  art  patron,  fijid  pre- 
sented to  the  California  Palace  of  the  Legion  of  Honor  for 
its  permanent  collection.  During  November  of  that  year, 
after  a  single  night's  private  exhibition  at  the  Joseph 


133 


Danysh  G-alleries,  its  only  California  showing,  a  new  collec- 
tion of  her  v/ater  colors  v/as  shipped  east  to  one  of  the  Hew 
York  galleries.  She  also  exhibited,  by  invitation,  a  large 
oil  at  the  Chicago  Arts  Institute. 

^WiEPICAII  PRESTIGE 


In  the  spring  of  1935   she  again  exhibited  in  the 

Passedoit   Gallery,   on  which  shov/  the  Nev/  York  Times   for 

March  10,  conraents: 

"Gayety,  sparkle  and  freshness  characterize 
the  painting  of  Jane  Berlandina,  whose  recent 
work  is  being  shown  by  Georgette  Passedoit. 
Even  aside  from  the  warmth  and  briglitness  of 
her  color,  which  alone  would  make  her  work  at- 
tractive, there  is  a  breeziness  and  a  personal 
approach  toward  her  subject  matter  to  lend 
buoyant  and  youtirful  appeal  to  her  crisp  v/ater 
colors  and  soraev/hat  mural  oils.  In  these  lat- 
ter, if  she  really  suggests  any  artist,,  one 
might  think  of  Karfoil.  But  her  work  is 
brightly  her  own. " 

Nor  was  she  idle  at  home.  San  Francisco's  deter- 
mination to  hold  its  place  as  an  outotanding  operatic,  mu- 
sical and  theata^ical  city  was  being  aided  and  abetted  by  the 
efforts  of  its  own  artists.  Junius  Cravens  noted  in  the  San 
Francisco  iJews,  May  IS,  1935* 

"The  most  impressive  feature  of  the  Opera  Bal- 
let performance  Wednesday  night  was  the  artis- 
tic improvement  in  the  visual  elements  of  most 
of  the  production.  The  use  of  black  curtains 
as  a  background  throughout  Part  I  was,  of 
course,  beyond  criticism. 

"For  the  'Dance  Noble, 'an  r.d-r-.ptr.tioj?  of  typical 
15th  Century  French  court  costumes  was  made  by 
Jane  Berlandina.  Using  aesthetic  contours  as 
a  base,  Lliss  Berlandina  superimposed  upon  them 


13^ 


painted  abstract  designs  v/liicli  r.iodernized  them 
to  harmonize  with  th^  'color'  cf  the  dance  and, 
at  the  sane  time,  pr'tr.erved  their  characteris- 
tic superficial  chic-  The  restrained  color 
scale  was  ir.ost  pleasing.  The  stylized  wigs 
also  deserve  special  nention. " 

In  June  Jane  Berlandina  was  represented  in  the 
great  American  Art  Exhibit  arranged  by  Dr.  Heil  with  an  eye 
to  exemplifying  the  growth  of  art  in  this  country.  Samples 
of  early  American  painting  were  hung  in  the  De  Young  Museum, 
and  the  moderns,  including  the  Bay  region  artists,  in  the 
California  Palace  of  the  Legion  of  Honor.  Among  these.  Mile. 
Berlandina 's  "Early  Sumner  Flowers"  was  particularly  note - 
wortliy. 

At  Courvoisier 's  G-allery,  downtown  San  Francisco, 
in  the  same  month,  at  a  private  showing  of  one  hundred  and 
twelve  paintings  and  drawings , she  exhibited  a  "Flower  Study" 
and  a  "Landscape." 

When  the  Colorado  Springs  Fine  Art  Center  held  an 
exhibit  in  July,  entitled  "Paintings  3y  Artists  West  of  the 
Mississippi,"  Jane  Berlandina  was  chosen  to  represent  Cali- 
fornia and  the  New  York  Art  Digest,  for  August  1,  1935,  ^S" 
f erring  to  her  and  other  participants,  remarked: 

"Some  of  the  exhibitors  were  both  born  and 
educated  in  tlie  West.  Others,  although  born 
in  the  3ast,  or  even  in  Europe,  have  lived  so 
long  in  this  country, or  are  so  sensitive  to 
its  character  that  they  are  thoroughly  repre- 
sentative of  the  V7cst...." 

With  the  appearance   of  her  autumn  show  that  year 

at  the   Courvoisier  Gallery,   three   revelatory   items  were 


135 


carried  by  San  Frarxcisco  papers.    The  Exaniner  for  October 

27,  1935  spoke  briefly  bj;t  pot^itively: 

"Miss  Ber].ar..d.lna  is  bliowing  paintings  and  wa- 
ter colors  at  tro  Courv-o;  sier  Galleries.  ..  .Not 
only  her  familiar  exhibition  of  massed  bril- 
liance is  enjoyable  in  her  flov;er  studies.  She 
is  advancing  in  tne  wisdom  of  selection,  reti- 
cence. Some  of  her  still-life  is  exquisitely 
delicate. 

"Her  landscapes,  personal  as  they  must  be,  be- 
cause her  color  is  always  personal,  are  influ- 
enced by  Renoir.  Indeed,  she  is  French.  The 
best  of  them  is  the  latest,  'After  The  Storm. ' 
Something  of  the  dark  force  of  Vlaminck  enters 
this  work; something  also  of  the  stark  bright- 
ness of  Van  Gogh. " 

LIAIJNSR  Airo  METHODS 

This  was  exemplified,  in  the  Argonaut  for  November 

1,  by  Glenn  Wessels  who  asserted: 

"Jane  Berlandina  has  never  yet  shown  us  a  pic- 
ture which  was  boring.  French  vivacity  and 
French  precision  produce  work  neat  but  pur- 
poseful. As  Dr.  Heil  has  so  well  put  it,  'The 
French,  as  no  other  people,  possess  the  two 
essential  qualities  in  proper  mixture;  a  sub- 
tle and  critical  mind  strong  enough  to  control 
the  flights  of  imagination,  and  to  force  the 
phenomena  of  the  world  under  its  discipline 
for  the  sake  of  order  and  logical  coherence, 
as  well  as  an  extraordinary  sense  for  the  mel- 
ody of  lines,  the  harmony  of  colors,  and  the 
balance  of  proportion.  The  results  in  the 
painting  that  is  rationally  clear  in  purpose 
and  of  the  esthetic  beauty  characteristic  of 
French  art. ' 

"The  landscapes  at  Courvoisier 's  are,  however, 
no  mere  repetition  of  French  modernistic  for- 
mulae. With  some  painters,  misunderstood 
modernistic  doctrines  have  become  limiting, 
inimical  to  passionate  and  downright  expres- 
sion, but  with  Hiss  Berlandina   they  are,  as 


136 


they  were  always  intended  to  be,  a  gate  to 
personal  discovery. 

"Using  the  open  method  of  painting — frank 
spots  and  ftreatcs  of  paint  instead  of  contours 
filled  with  careful  modeling — Miss  Berlandina 
achieves  rhythmic  pattei'n  and  atmospheric  depth. 
The  white  gesso  ground  gleams  through  the 
translucent  pigment,  or  again  is  obscured  by 
intuitively  planned  opacities.  A  conscious- 
ness of,  and  a  delight  in,  the  legitimate  qual- 
ities of  the  medium  is  conveyed  to  the  ob- 
server. I  can  think  only  of  the  vibrant  dex- 
terities of  the  later  Vlsjninck  in  looking  at 
this  work. 

"To  name  only  one  of  several  superb  pieces 
'After  the  Storm'  is  a  notable  success.  It 
integrates  deep  foreshortening  with  pattern 
which  lies  on  the  picture  plane.  Here  is  no 
illusion  of  space,  but  an  effect  of  space,  a 
created  Dictorial  space,  in  which  the  eye  is 
conscious  of  the  volume  of  the  atmosphere  as 
it  follows  the  dynamic  tensions  between  the  re- 
ceding planes  of  the  picture. 

"There  seems  to  be  little  in  common  between 
the  individual  colors  on  the  canvases  and  the 
colors  as  they  must  .lave  been  in  nature.  It 
is  not  a  spot  by  spot  copying  which  produces 
such  painting,  but  a  summary  of  Judgment  of 
the  whole  effect  and  its  translation  into  the 
language  of  painting  in  idiomatic  style,  vfhich 
proves  so  much  truer  to  the  total  effect  than 
could  any  literal  transcription. " 

And  in  the  San  Francisco  News  Letter  and  Wasp  for 

November  2,  Jehanne  Bietry  Salinger  adds  her  own  Gallic  bit: 

"The  world  of  Jane  Berlandina,  who  exhibits 
ten  recent  oils  and  ten  freshly  painted  water- 
colors  in  the  Courvoisier  G-alleries  at  480 
Post  Street,  is  one  that  is  filled  with  light 
and  infinite,  subtle  warmth. 

"Berlandina  cannot  be  classified  in  any  school. 
Ker  work  makes  you  forget  all  about  techniques 
and  styles,  for  it  is  at  once  so  mature  and  so 
delicate  in  its  analysis  of  sun-illumined  land- 
scaoes  and  flowers.    The  charm  of  her  vision 


137 


takes  preoedonce  ovoi-  'iny  ideology.  Hor  pig- 
ment is  exqui.3ite  while  her  sketchy  dejign  is 
likely  to  rislcad  yoii.  It  hides  rer.l  drawing, 
real  undcrstariding  of  composition. 

"Essentially  French  and  feminine,  Berlandina's 
paintings  are  rich  in  textile  qualities.  Her 
notations  of  light  and  color  values  are  in- 
tensely sensitive  in  a  physical  sense.  These 
remarks  are  Inspired  most  particularly  by  her 
canvases  entitled  'The  Vegetable  Garden,' 
'Prune  Drying, '  and  'Under  the  Big  Tree,' 
which  I  consnder  her  very  finest  oils  in  the 
show,  by  'The  Hat  'Jnder  the  Tree,'  'Flowers  on 
a  Blue  Table,'  'The  Open  Door,'  and  'Studies 
of  Flowers  in  Blue,'  those  beautiful  water- 
colors  v/hich  offer  a  rich  arabesque  of  line, 
so  fluid  and  superb  a  quality  of  wash,  and  an 
extraordinary  palette  of  colors. 

"When  Berlandina  has  an  exhibition  in  town, 
which  is  all  too  rrre  an  event,  you  invariably 
go  to  see  it.  When  you  are  in  the  gallery, 
you  forget  yourself  and  overstay  your  visit. 
Everything  you  see  ' is  at  once  so  facile,  so 
fluent,  yet  so  sure,  so  complete,  so  beautiful 
and  so  convincing.  We  know  no  woman  painter  in 
America  who  can  p^;,int  as  she  does.  Her  show  is 
an  art  event.   Do  not  miss  it." 


ORGANIZATION  AND  PATTERN 

Nor  was  this  laudatory  notice  confined  to  the  West 

Coast.    Boston's  Christian  Science  Monitor  for  November  1®, 

1935,  carried  the  following  article   by  Nadia  Lavrova  on  the 

same  one-man  show  as  well  as  the  shov;  concurrently  exhibited 

at  the  San  Francisco  Museum  of  Art: 

"....An  American  by  marriage,  Jane  Berlandina 
is  of  the  French.  Having  absorbed  the  tradi- 
tions of  the  modern  Paris  school,  she  has  not 
remained  merely  a  fcllov/er,  but  has  asserted 
herself  as  a  creator.  She  paints  in  the  mod- 
ern idiom  of  glowing,  vibrating  tones,  but  the 
luminosity  of  her  paintings  is  an  individual 
gift.   Here  is  a  peculiar  combination  of  a 


138 


fresh,  alnost  naive  outloik  and  of  a  sophisti- 
cated nanncr  of  exorosrion.  Her  orsanizations 
have  fornal  beauty,  her  r)atterns  arc  often  ra- 
diant. The  has  a  seuot  of  style,  originality 
tendered  by  a  sure  French  taste.  It  is  goner- 
ally  agreed  that  she  is  one  of  the  nost  prom- 
ising artists  on   the  coast. 

"One  often  ho'-\rs  talk  of  Miss  Berlandina's 
spontaneity.  But  ho^7  r.uch  thought,  study,  and 
order  there  is  back  of  it!  The  artist  lets 
her3elf  go  spontaneous.'  after  she  has  made  up  • 
her  nind  as  to  oxactl;''  'what  inpression  she  is 
out  to  crviate. 

"This  is  evident  fron  her  master  nainting  in 
the  current  exhibition,  'After  the  Storm. '  It 
is  an  oil,  the  artist  having  recently  begun  to 
concentrate  her  attention  on  this  medium.  It 
has  rovement,  emotion,  essential  truth,  the 
artist  blithely  disregarding  this  and  that 
rule  to  make  her  effect.  G-ray-white  clouds 
are  scurrying  above  an  agitated  landscape,  but 
In  an  irridescent  light  breaking  over  the  wlnd- 
v^hlpped  fields  there  is  a  promise  of  peace." 

Even  New  York's  Art  News  for  November  50,  recog- 
nized the  qualities  r-'hich  had  permitted  this  comparatively 
young  artist  to  build  up  so  firm  an  international  reputation: 

"One  of  the  most  successful  of  the  West  Coast 
exhibitions  has  been  that  of  the  paintings  and 
V7ater  colors  by  Jane  Berlandina,  shown  during 
Novem.ber  at  the  Courvoisier  Galleries  of  San 
Francisco.  The  painter  whose  exhibition  was 
held  three  years  ago  at  the  Brumner  Gallery  in 
New  York  has  m3.tured  greatly  in  the  interim. 
The  •.Tit  and  spontaneity  of  her  earlier  vork  is 
combined  with  a  new  feeling  for  solidity,  a 
departure  from,  the  less  disciplined  style  of 
her  first  oaintings.  Born  in  Nice  and  educat- 
ed th.cre  and  in  Paris,  she  combines  the  tech- 
nical sureness  of  the  French  school  v;ith  an 
intim.ate  knowledge  of  the  landscapes  of  the 
West.  Her  paintings  are  rich  in  surface  tex- 
tures and  tactile  values,  fluent  in  the  han- 
dling of  oils  and  wash.  The  ten  oils  and  ten 
water  colors  on  exhibition  are  concerned,  for 
the  most  r>art,   with  lyric  qualities  of  land- 


139 


scarves  and  flo-wer  gmurs,  felicitously  painted 
with  careful  not.-iticns  of  light  and  color  val- 
ues. " 


IKTERKATIOKAL   RhJFUTATION 

And   the   Art   Dig:e3t    follov.'ed   in  line   on   the   list   of 

December  wit):: 

"The  Pacific  Cc-^at  press  hailed  Jane  Berlan- 
dina's  exhibition  at  the  Courvoisier  Galleries, 
San  Francifjco,  as  a  distinct  person<al  triumph 
for  the  v;ell-known  French-American  painter  and 
lithographer.  Junius  Cravens,  of  the  San  Fran- 
cisco Mc'vs,  waa  high  in  praise.  'Miss  Berlan- 
dina, '  he  wrote,  'has  been  wise  in  her  selec- 
tions from  the  California  landscape.  Slie  has 
avoided  the  rolling  hills  of  the  Coast  range 
and  has  gone  inland  to  the  Valley  fruit  ranch- 
es. There  she  has  chosen  complex,  homely  genre 
scenes  and  has  invested  them,  with  a  simple 
beauty  which  one  seldom  sees  equaled  in  paint. 
One  of  the  wonders  of  some  of  these  ranch 
paintings  is  that  the  artist  has  been  able  to 
sustain  her  'inspiration' — the  first  flashing 
impression  which  led  her  to  choose  her  subject 
— without  allowing  unessential  realities  to  en- 
croach upon  it  a.nd  destroy  it.  ' 

"Luther  Meyer  "-rote  in  the  San  Francisco  Call- 
Bulletin:  'Hiss  Berlandina,  a  native  of  France, 
schooled  in  Nice  and  Paris,  sometime  student 
of  Raoul  Dufy,  paints  in  the  French  tradition. 
However,  her  work  is  strongly  individual,  re- 
vealing the  imoact  of  Western  stimulations. 
Here  is  no  copying — she  strikes  out  strongly 
and  surely  in  a  direction  of  her  ovm  choosing." 

When  the  splendid  Matisse  show  was  brought  to  the 
new  San  Francisco  Museum  of  Art  early  in  1935,  Dr.  Grace  L. 
McCann  Morlcy,  its  brilliant  curator,  who  had  early  inaugu- 
rated the  fine  system  of  free  lectures  to  the  public  on  the 
Museum's  exhibitions,  obtained  Jane  Berlandina' s  promise  to 
lecture  on  the  great  modern  master.    And,  in  the  foll'->wing 


1^0 


May,  in  the  Little  Theatre  of  the  California  Palace  of  the 
Legion  of  Honor,  she  gave  o.nother  lecture  on  "The  Place  of 
Van  Gogh  in  19th  Century  Art.  :• 

•■  Her  ;'?lo\;\;rG  in  a  D^.:.-k- V  .se  , "  shown  at  the  56th 
Annual  Exhibit  of  the  San  Francisco  Art  Association  in  the 
Autumn,  brought  forth  the  expected,  enthusiastic  comment, 
and  her  "Flov;er  Arrangement"  in  oils  took  second  prize  at 
the  57th  Annual  the  following  spring. 

The  "story-book  house"  referred  to  by  art  critics 
earlier  in  this  monograph  is  the  artist's  home  located  at 
29^^  Jackson  Street  and  undoubtedly  merits  far  more  signifi- 
cant terras  of  appreciation.  Designed  by  her  architect  hus- 
band, Henry  Temple  Hov/ard,  it  is  wholly  modern  in  conception 
without  any  of  the  fantastic  over-simplification  so  often 
associated  with  m.odernism.  Simplicity,  spaciousness  and 
light  make  it  the  perfect  background  for  an  artist  whose 
busy  mind  is  forever  absorbed  with  the  problem  of  new  and 
more  perfect  combinations  of  form  and  color.  Here  are  no 
intrusions  on  the  eye  or  the  mind — only  a  pleasant  neutrali- 
ty half-bounded  by  unobtrusive  line.  Even  the  untidy  studio, 
eloquent  of  concentrated  hours  of  labor,  maintains  a  peace- 
fulness  which  no  amount  of  litter  can  disturb. 

THE  I.IODERI-I  ARTIST 
Typically  French  in  manner  and  appearance,   she  is 
gay,  vivacious  and  wholly  charming  in  the  drav/ing  roor..   Her 


141 


mind  is  a  storch~usc  of  "'Itty  .inccdotes  of  the  art  v/orld, 
American  and  European.  Her  lectures  eoitoniize  the  quality 
of  her  mind  and  her  outlook  on  li'Je,  being,  over  and  above 
their  dellghtfu].  and  human  character^  clear,  concise  illumi- 
nating, and  impartial. 

But  one  does  not  ioke  with  Jane  Berlandina  about 
art.  No  blind  worshipper  of  the  "modern,"  she  has  acquired 
the  discipline  nece-sary  to  disoense  with  personal  prefer- 
ences of  any  sort  and,  v;ith  the  critical  eye  born  of  training 
and  taste,  has  evaluated  modern  art.  V/hat  she  has  found 
good  has  been  incorporated  into  her  own  credo.  Her  imagina- 
tion and  hor  sensitivity  are  guided  and  controlled  by  her 
native  intelligence,  and  her  vitality  is  a  quality  of  mind 
as  well  as  of  body.  She  has  absorbed  the  fund.^jTiontal  ore- 
cepts  laid  down  by  her  masters,  and  by  her  unremitting  work 
turned  them   to  her  own  account  with  originality  and  zest. 

Hor  late-^t  oil  (illustrated  in  this  monograph), 
entitled,  VDld  Ear  in  Mokelumne,"  is  the  result  of  a  leisure- 
ly trip  made  through  the  mining  towns  of  the  old  Mother  Lode 
country  recently  with  her  mother-in-law,  Mrs.  John  Galen 
Howard.  It  is  the  typical  saloon  of  gold-rush  days, 
the  mirrored .bar  with  its  dark  woodwork,  the  assembled  min- 
ers in  their  unconsciously  picturesque  clothes,  satisfyingly 
grouped  under  the  smoky  brilliance  of  the  flaring  lamps.  In 
the  foreground  one  glimpses  the  inevitable  Berlandina  touch. 


142 


a  portion  of  the  stacked  crirds  on  the  table,  so  minutely 
dravm  as  to  shov;  the  red  pips  on  the  top  card.  And  over 
all  lies  th.'\t  lunlnosity  •vhich  nakes  the  picture  a  living 
portrayal. 

California  nay  be   increasingly  grateful   for  the 
privilege  of  adding  to  its  ranks  of  artists  Jane  Berlandina, 

not  only  for  ivhat  she  has  already  contributed  to  the  art  of 
America  and  of  the  v;orld,   but  equally   for  her  capabilities 

in  pointing  out  a.  recognizable  path  over  'A'hich  others  may 
walk  with  confidence,  thus  intelligently  avoiding  the  maze 
presented  in  the  conflicting  trends  taken  by  the  art  of  our 
times. 


143 


OILS; 


JAN^   3ERI^'.NDINA 

R'i]?R2SINTATIVE 

WORXS 


Cabbage  Patch 

Flov/3r  Arrant^craent 

M^irket   in  Kioc 

Nude   with  Dar.ket 

Nude  with  Hat 

Old  Bar  in  Mokelumne,  1937 

Prune  Pickers,  The 

View  from  my  Windov/ 


WATERCOLORS; 


Carnival  at  Nice 

House  on  the  Hill 

Market,  The 

My  Studio 

Nasturtiums  in  a  Blue  Vase 

Olima,  California  (landscape) 

Sioring  Flov/ers 

Still-Life— Paris 

Telegraph  Hill 

Tiburon  (landscape) 


MISCELLANEOUS; 


After  the  Storm  (landscape) 

Frjnily  Life  (mural  in  egg  tempera) 

Flov/ers  in  a  Dark  Vase 

Flowers  on  a  Blue  Tabic 

Flower  Study 

Hat  Under  the  Tree,  The 

Landscape 

Nude 

Open  Door,  The 

Prune  Drying 

Prune  Packers 

Radio  Music     )  mural  panels,  tempera  on  nasonite 

Radio  News     )    "    '       "  "     "     " 

Radio  Publicity)    "       "      "     " 

Still-Life 

Studies  of  Flowers  in  Blue 

Under  the  Big  Tree 

Vegetable  Garden,  The 


144 


PSR1CA.NENT  C0LLz:CTI01JS: 


San  Frr.nciaco  Musecr.  nf  Art 

Still-LifG  (oil)--r:;.  V«'n.iter  Collection 
Stil]/-Life  (vvv-i.tfir color) — Bender  Col].ectlon 
White  Phlox  (v/atsrcolcr) — Bender  Collection 

California  Palace  of  the  Legion  of  Honor,  San 
Franc i? 00 

Prune  Pickerc,  The  (oil  on  gesso) — Bender 
Collection 

Colt  Tov/or;.  San  Francisco 

Family  Life  (niural  in  egg  tempera) 


EXHIBITIONS: 


San  FranciGco,  California 
G-alerie  Beaux  Arts 

Portraits,  landscapes  and  decorative  compositions 
done  in  oil,  v/atercolor  and  tempera.  May  1932 

California  Palace  of  the  Legion  of  Honor 
Viev;  From  My  Window,  July  1932 

Radio  Publicity  (mural  panel  executed  on  prcsswood 
in  tempera),  1953 

(American  Art  Exhibit),  California  Palace  of  the 

Legion  of  Honor,  June  1933 
Early  Summer  Flowers 
(San  Francisco  Society  of  Women  Artists' 

Exhibition),  November  1933 
Nude 

Still-Life  (First  Prize,  $100) 
Market  In  Nice 

San  Francisco  Art  Association 
Market  in  Nice  #1  (oil),  1932 
Market  in  Nice  #2  (oil) 
Prune  Drying  (oil),  1934 
Under  the  Big  Tree  (oil) 
Flowers  in  a  Dark  Vase,  1936 
Flower  Arrangement  (oil),  Second  Prize,  Aprill937 

Joseph  Danysh  Galleries 

Carnival  at  Nice  (watercolor) ,  April  1934 

House  on  the  Hill     " 

Market,  The  " 

My  Studio  " 

Nasturtiums  in  a  Blue  Vase  (watercolor) 


Ik^ 


spring  Flowers    (\Tatercolor) 

Still  Lif3--Pariii  " 

Telegraph  Hill 

Tiburon   (1  \nc.s3ape) 

Pinine   Pickers,    The,    Ilovember  193 'I- 

Courvoidier  G-allery 

Flower  Study,    June   1935 

Landscape 

(Cne-nan  Show),   llovenber  1935 

After  the  Storn  (landscape) 

Hat  Under  the  Tree,  The 

Open  Door,  The 

Prune  Eryins 

Studies  of  Flowers  in  Blue 

Under  the  BiB  Tree 

De  Young  I.Iemorial  Museum 

Early  Sunmor  Flov/ers,  June  1935 

San  Francisco  I..iu3eujn  of  Art 
Exhibited,  October  1935 

Paul  Elder's  G-allery 
Represented,  1935 

Los  AiiG-^l-^,  Calif or.:ir 
Los  Angeles  IIuseuM 

View  fror.  '.ly   Windov;,  October  1932 

Oakland,  California 

0 aid  and  Post- Annual  Exhibit 
Market  in  IJice,  193^ 

San  Diego,  California 

California-Pacific  International  Exposition 
V/hite  Cyclanen,  May  29-Koveuber  11,   1935 

New  York  City 

Joseph  Braaner  Gallery 

Thiruy-two  Watercolors,    March  1929 

Oils,  1930 
Museum  of  Modern  Art 

Market  in  llxce  (oil),  1930 

Represented  by  a  California  panel  executed  in 
tempera  on  masonite,  the  second  of  tliree  con- 
prising  her  mural  painting  of  a  phase  of  the 
Post-Vt'ar  World  and   entitled   "Radio  Music," 

"Radio  Publicity"  and  "Radio  Nev/s.  " 
Prune  Pickers,  The,  December  1933 


145 


AWARDS: 


Georgette  PasRcdoit  G-allory 
Exhibited,  March  ]932 
Cabbage  I-atjh  (ol:.)  ,  December  1933 
Nude  with  -Buukex  (oil) 

Olina,  California  (lancfscaoe  in  watercolor) 
Prune  pickers,  The  (oil) 
Wateroolors  and  oils,  Ivlarch  1935 

Chicaf;o,  Illin"iis 
Cliicaso-Aj't  ;:;iub 

Exhibited,  1933 
Chicago  Arte   Institute 

Represented,  1934 

Colorrdo  Sp^'in^iT. ,  Colorado 

Colorad')  Sr^rings  Fine  Art  Center 

Chosen  to  represent  California,  July  1935 

Pa.ris,  France 
Nouvelle  Essor 

Represented,  1927 
Jacquart  Gallery 

rleorcscnted,  May  1931 

Also  exhibited  at  the  Official  S„lon  and  the 
Galerie  Billiet  in  Paris. 


San  Francisco  Society  of  WcTnen  Artists'  Show 
California  Pala,ce  of  the  Legion  of  Honor 
San  Francisco,  November  1933 
First  Prize,  |lOO ,  for  "Still  Life" 

San  Francisco  Society  of  Women  Artists'  Annual 
Exhibition,  1936 
First  Prize 

San  Francisco  Art  Association,  Annual  Exhibition 
April  1937 

Second  Prize  for  "Flower  Arrangenent"  (oil) 


CLUBS: 


Member: 

Sai^-  Francisco  Society  of  Women  Artists 


147 


oTAi:e  3erla:\tdina 

BIBLIOGFAl^T 


San   Franc.i  sco   Call-Bulletj.n 

April   30,    19oP.,    -o.    14— -July   9,    1952,    p.    9 
February  1,    1953,    p.    9 

San   Francisco    Chronicle 

May  1,  -'.9}^i,    p.  D3— May  15,  1952,  p.  D5 

February  19,  1933,  p.  Do— November  26,  1933,  o.  D3 

April  15,  1934,  p.  D3— November  8,  1936,  p.  D7 

San  Francisco  Examiner,  May  1,  1932 
February  19,  1933,  p.  E6 
Aoril  8,  1934,  td.  6 
April  13,  1934,  p.  S8 
October  27,  1935 
May  17,  1936 
January  31,  1937 

San  Francisco  News 

October  20,  1934,  p.  9— May  18,  1935,  p.  20 

Oakland  (California)  Tribune 
April  24,  1952— July  24,  1952 
December  17,  1933 — Aoril  8,  1934 
November  18,  1934 — June  15,  1935 
June  23,  1955 — November  15,  1936,  p.  6 

Carrael  (California)  Pine  Cone 
July  22,  1952 

Los  Angeles  Times,  October  2,  1932 

New  York  Times 

March  10,  1935,  Section  8,  p.  6,  Col.  6 

Christian  Science  Monitor,  Boston,  Massachusetts 
November  19,  1935 

Wasp-Nev;s  Letter,  San  Francisco 

May  14,  1932,  p.  12— August  13,  1932 

February  10,  1933,  p.  13— February  18,  1935,  d.  11 

November  2,  1955,  p.  S8 

Women's  City  Club  Magazine,  San  Francisco 
May  15,  1932,  p.  15 


148 


Argonaut,  San  Fr.-^.nclsco,  California 
January  12,  19.?4— .Anril  20,  1934 
November  16.  1934,  p.  17 — November  1,  1935 

Peninsulrn,  '3an  Franclr.co 
December  1934 

Art  News,  Nev;  York  City 

March  19,  1932,  p.  11 — December  16,  1933,  p.  8 
November  30,  1935,  p.  16 

Parnassus  Magazine,  New  York  City 
January  1934,  p.  18 

Art  Digest,  Kew  York  City 
August  1,  1955,  p.  12 
December  1,  1935 

Who's  Y/ho   in  American  Art,    1936-37,    Vol.    I,    p.    42 


■;'i!v:v; 


i' 


:-\-.i)i